From a50d614c77994cfbe27d8aa6219d8c27710cd71d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Erik Hofman Date: Tue, 3 Jan 2017 11:14:25 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] Switch to SQLite 3.16 which promises about 9% fewer CPU cycles --- 3rdparty/sqlite3/sqlite3.c | 114384 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 86837 insertions(+), 27547 deletions(-) diff --git a/3rdparty/sqlite3/sqlite3.c b/3rdparty/sqlite3/sqlite3.c index 9657356ee..40bcbefe6 100644 --- a/3rdparty/sqlite3/sqlite3.c +++ b/3rdparty/sqlite3/sqlite3.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.8.0.2. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** version 3.16.0. By combining all the individual C code files into this ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ** ** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other ** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines -** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have +** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have ** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within ** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start ** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed @@ -22,9 +22,6 @@ #ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE # define SQLITE_PRIVATE static #endif -#ifndef SQLITE_API -# define SQLITE_API -#endif /************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 @@ -40,8 +37,140 @@ ** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. ** */ -#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ -#define _SQLITEINT_H_ +#ifndef SQLITEINT_H +#define SQLITEINT_H + +/* Special Comments: +** +** Some comments have special meaning to the tools that measure test +** coverage: +** +** NO_TEST - The branches on this line are not +** measured by branch coverage. This is +** used on lines of code that actually +** implement parts of coverage testing. +** +** OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE - This branch is allowed to alway be false +** and the correct answer is still obtained, +** though perhaps more slowly. +** +** OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE - This branch is allowed to alway be true +** and the correct answer is still obtained, +** though perhaps more slowly. +** +** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread +** that would be harmless and undetectable +** if it did occur. +** +** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual +** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the +** asterisks and the comment text. +*/ + +/* +** Make sure the Tcl calling convention macro is defined. This macro is +** only used by test code and Tcl integration code. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI +# define SQLITE_TCLAPI +#endif + +/* +** Make sure that rand_s() is available on Windows systems with MSVC 2005 +** or higher. +*/ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 +# define _CRT_RAND_S +#endif + +/* +** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC. +** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious +** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files +** that are included by this file. +*/ +/************** Include msvc.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file msvc.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2015 January 12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to MSVC. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MSVC_H +#define SQLITE_MSVC_H + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning(disable : 4054) +#pragma warning(disable : 4055) +#pragma warning(disable : 4100) +#pragma warning(disable : 4127) +#pragma warning(disable : 4130) +#pragma warning(disable : 4152) +#pragma warning(disable : 4189) +#pragma warning(disable : 4206) +#pragma warning(disable : 4210) +#pragma warning(disable : 4232) +#pragma warning(disable : 4244) +#pragma warning(disable : 4305) +#pragma warning(disable : 4306) +#pragma warning(disable : 4702) +#pragma warning(disable : 4706) +#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */ + +#endif /* SQLITE_MSVC_H */ + +/************** End of msvc.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** Special setup for VxWorks +*/ +/************** Include vxworks.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file vxworks.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2015-03-02 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to Wind River's VxWorks +*/ +#if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) +/* This is VxWorks. Set up things specially for that OS +*/ +#include +#include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ +#define OS_VXWORKS 1 +#define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +#define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1 +#define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1 +#define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +#define HAVE_UTIME 1 +#else +/* This is not VxWorks. */ +#define OS_VXWORKS 0 +#define HAVE_FCHOWN 1 +#define HAVE_READLINK 1 +#define HAVE_LSTAT 1 +#endif /* defined(_WRS_KERNEL) */ + +/************** End of vxworks.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* ** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the @@ -60,6 +189,11 @@ ** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary ** portability you should omit LFS. ** +** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written +** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so +** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might +** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. +** ** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS @@ -70,239 +204,15 @@ # define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #endif -/* -** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the -** autoconf-based build -*/ -#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ -/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ -/* -** 2007 May 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. -*/ - -/* -** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also -** limits the size of a row in a table or index. -** -** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer -** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** This is the maximum number of -** -** * Columns in a table -** * Columns in an index -** * Columns in a view -** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement -** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement -** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. -** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement -** -** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will -** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should -** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if -** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few -** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN -# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. -** -** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would -** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible -** to turn this limit off. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an -** expression. -** -** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. -** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced -** at all times. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. -** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one -** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result -** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL -** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable -** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT -# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. -** Not currently enforced. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP -# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG -# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database -** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 -#endif - -/* -** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before -** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 -** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap -** is used internally to track attached databases. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED -# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 -#endif - - -/* -** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER -# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 -#endif - -/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit -** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. -** -** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at -** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates -** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library -** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database -** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite -** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback -** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif -#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 - - -/* -** The default size of a database page. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - -/* -** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases -** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain -** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), -** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value -** SQLite will choose on its own. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - - -/* -** Maximum number of pages in one database file. -** -** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. -** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the -** max_page_count macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT -# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB -** operator. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. -** -** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all -** may be executed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ -#if defined(__BORLANDC__) -#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ -#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ -#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ -#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ -#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +/* What version of GCC is being used. 0 means GCC is not being used */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#else +# define GCC_VERSION 0 #endif /* Needed for various definitions... */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) # define _GNU_SOURCE #endif @@ -311,240 +221,41 @@ #endif /* -** Include standard header files as necessary +** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its +** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW +** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header +** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this +** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and +** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block +** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting +** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define +** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the +** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be +** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be +** disabled. */ -#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -#include +#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) +# include "mingw.h" +#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) +# include "_mingw.h" #endif /* -** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and -** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler -** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements -** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. -** -** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. -** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or -** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers -** that vary from one machine to the next. -** -** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on -** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). -** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the -** compiler. +** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime +** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). */ -#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) -#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) -#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ + defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ + defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ + defined(__MSVCRT__) +# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T #endif -/* -** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. -** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never -** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest -** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple -** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same -** database connection at the same time. -** -** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy. +/* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear +** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for +** MinGW. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) -# if defined(THREADSAFE) -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE -# else -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using -** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE -# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 -#endif - -/* -** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** It determines whether or not the features related to -** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can -** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to -** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. -** -** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() -** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API -** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() -** -** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the -** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem -** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an -** assertion will be triggered. -** -** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as -** the default. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 -# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ - are defined but at most one is allowed:\ - SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ - SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 -# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 -#endif - -/* -** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the -** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) -# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 -#endif - -/* -** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. -** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit -** it. -*/ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) -# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 -#endif - -/* -** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that -** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, -** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. -** -** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the -** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action -** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG -** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out -** feature. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif -#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# undef NDEBUG -#endif - -/* -** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When -** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to -** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to -** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted -** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple -** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() -** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For -** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit -** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements -** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() -** can insure that all cases are evaluated. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); -# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } -#else -# define testcase(X) -#endif - -/* -** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or -** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments -** within testcase() and assert() macros. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define TESTONLY(X) X -#else -# define TESTONLY(X) -#endif - -/* -** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization -** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to -** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore -** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for -** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the -** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -# define VVA_ONLY(X) X -#else -# define VVA_ONLY(X) -#endif - -/* -** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which -** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such -** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they -** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience -** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" -** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first -** hint of unplanned behavior. -** -** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. -** -** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to -** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will -** not be counted as untested code. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define ALWAYS(X) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#elif !defined(NDEBUG) -# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) -# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(X) (X) -# define NEVER(X) (X) -#endif - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large -** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() -** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. -*/ -#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) - -/* -** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean -** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds -** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, -** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but -** currently they are just comments for human readers. -*/ -#define likely(X) (X) -#define unlikely(X) (X) - /************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ /* @@ -572,15 +283,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); ** ** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived ** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source -** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. +** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate. ** ** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". ** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting ** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as ** part of the build process. */ -#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ -#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#ifndef SQLITE3_H +#define SQLITE3_H #include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ /* @@ -592,21 +303,34 @@ extern "C" { /* -** Add the ability to override 'extern' +** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface. */ #ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN # define SQLITE_EXTERN extern #endif - #ifndef SQLITE_API # define SQLITE_API #endif - +#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL +# define SQLITE_CDECL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_APICALL +# define SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL +# define SQLITE_STDCALL SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CALLBACK +# define SQLITE_CALLBACK +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_SYSAPI +# define SQLITE_SYSAPI +#endif /* ** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those ** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications -** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards ** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that ** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. ** @@ -644,7 +368,8 @@ extern "C" { ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** -** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** SQLite source code has been stored in the ** Fossil configuration management ** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to ** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite @@ -656,20 +381,20 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.0.2" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008000 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2013-09-03 17:11:13 7dd4968f235d6e1ca9547cda9cf3bd570e1609ef" +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.16.0" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3016000 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2017-01-02 11:57:58 04ac0b75b1716541b2b97704f4809cb7ef19cccf" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid ** ** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], ** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros ** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious ** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to ** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in -** the header, and thus insure that the application is +** the header, and thus ensure that the application is ** compiled with matching library and header files. ** ** 
@@ -750,7 +475,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
 ** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
 ** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
 ** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
-** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  ^(The return value of the
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED].  ^(The return value of the
 ** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
 ** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
 ** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
@@ -815,10 +540,11 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
+** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
 ** for the [sqlite3] object.
-** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
 ** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
 ** resources are deallocated.
 **
@@ -826,7 +552,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
 ** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
 ** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
 ** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
-** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
 ** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
 ** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
 ** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
@@ -839,7 +565,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
 ** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
 ** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
 ** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
-** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
 ** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
 ** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
 **
@@ -866,6 +592,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
@@ -890,7 +617,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
 ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
 ** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
 ** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
-** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
+** sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
 ** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
 ** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
 ** NULL before returning.
@@ -917,9 +644,9 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
 ** Restrictions:
 **
 ** 
    
-** 
  •  The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** 
  •  The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
 **      is a valid and open [database connection].
-** 
  •  The application must not close [database connection] specified by
+** 
  •  The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
 **      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
 ** 
  •  The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
 **      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
@@ -935,16 +662,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions}
 **
 ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
 ** here in order to indicate success or failure.
 **
 ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
 **
-** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
+** See also: [extended result code definitions]
 */
 #define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
 /* beginning-of-error-codes */
@@ -982,26 +707,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
-** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions}
 **
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
-** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer
+** [result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
 ** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
 ** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
-** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
+** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 [dateof:3.3.8]
+** and later) include
 ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
+** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled
 ** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
-**
-** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
-** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
-** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
-** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
-** be exactly zero.
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.  Or, the extended code for
+** the most recent error can be obtained using
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].
 */
 #define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
 #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
@@ -1028,16 +747,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 #define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
 #define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
 #define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH              (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8))
 #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
 #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
 #define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
 #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
 #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
 #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
 #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
 #define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
 #define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
 #define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
 #define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
 #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
 #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
@@ -1048,9 +772,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
 #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
 #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
 #define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
 #define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
 #define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER               (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY     (SQLITE_OK | (1<<8))
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
@@ -1104,7 +831,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 ** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
 ** file that were written at the application level might have changed
 ** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
-** guaranteed to be unchanged.
+** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
+** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
+** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
+** elevated privileges.
 */
 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
@@ -1119,6 +850,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
@@ -1225,7 +957,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file {
 ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
 ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
 ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
 ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
 ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
 ** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
@@ -1298,19 +1030,22 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode}
 **
 ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
 ** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
 ** interface.
 **
+** 
      
+** 
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
 ** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
 ** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
 ** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
 ** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
-** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
-** is defined.
-** 
        
+** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST
+** compile-time option is used.
+**
 ** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
 ** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
@@ -1331,19 +1066,38 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
 ** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
-** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
-** additional information.
+** connection.  See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER].
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either
+** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database
+** connection.  See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER].
 **
 ** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
-** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by
-** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method
-** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
-** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
-** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most 
-** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
-** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
-** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
-** that do require it.  
+** No longer in use.
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
+** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
+** because the user has configured SQLite with 
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
+** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
+** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
+** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
+** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
+** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
+** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
+** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
 **
 ** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
 ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
@@ -1405,6 +1159,15 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
 ** is intended for diagnostic use only.
 **
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level
+** [VFSes] currently in use.  ^(The argument X in
+** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be
+** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **".  This opcodes will set *X
+** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^
+** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the
+** upper-most shim only.
+**
 ** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
 ** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
 ** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
@@ -1421,7 +1184,9 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
 ** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
 ** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
-** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy
+** of the result string if the string is non-NULL.
+** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
 ** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
 ** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
 ** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
@@ -1459,12 +1224,53 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
 ** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
 **
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
+** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
+** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
+** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
+** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
+** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
+** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
+** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
+** was first opened.
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the
+** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle.  This file
+** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and
+** writes the resulting value there.
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
+** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
+** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might
+** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately
+** available.  The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare
+** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion.
+** Applications should not use this file-control.
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other
+** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode.
+**
+** 
      • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
+** the RBU extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
+** this opcode.  
 ** 
      
 */
 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
-#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
-#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
-#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
@@ -1478,6 +1284,24 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30
+
+/* deprecated names */
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO
+
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
@@ -1491,6 +1315,16 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Loadable Extension Thunk
+**
+** A pointer to the opaque sqlite3_api_routines structure is passed as
+** the third parameter to entry points of [loadable extensions].  This
+** structure must be typedefed in order to work around compiler warnings
+** on some platforms.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
 **
@@ -1684,7 +1518,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs {
   const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
   /*
   ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
-  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
+  ** New fields may be appended in future versions.  The iVersion
   ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
   */
 };
@@ -1729,7 +1563,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs {
 ** 
    
 **
 ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given no the corresponding lock.  
+** was given on the corresponding lock.  
 **
 ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
 ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
@@ -1840,9 +1674,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
 ** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
 ** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
 **
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
-** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
-** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application
+** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface
 ** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
 ** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
 ** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
@@ -1864,6 +1700,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
 ** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
@@ -1922,7 +1759,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
 ** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
 ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
 **
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
 ** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
 ** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
 ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
@@ -2012,31 +1849,33 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    
-** 
     ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** 
     ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is 
+** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
+** The argument specifies
 ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
 ** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
 ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
 ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    
-** 
     ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** 
     ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
+** The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
 ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
 ** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
 ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
 ** tracks memory usage, for example. 
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    
-** 
     ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
-** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
-** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the 
-** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
+** 
     ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int,
+** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of
+** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are
+** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
 **   
      
 **   
    •  [sqlite3_memory_used()]
 **   
    •  [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
 **   
    •  [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
-**   
    •  [sqlite3_status()]
+**   
    •  [sqlite3_status64()]
 **   
    )^
 ** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
 ** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
@@ -2044,53 +1883,72 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** 
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    
-** 
     ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
+** 
     ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option specifies a static memory buffer
+** that SQLite can use for scratch memory.  ^(There are three arguments
+** to SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH:  A pointer an 8-byte
 ** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
 ** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
-** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
-** argument must be a multiple of 16.
+** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).)^
 ** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
 ** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread.  So
-** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
-** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
-** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
+** ^SQLite will not use more than one scratch buffers per thread.
+** ^SQLite will never request a scratch buffer that is more than 6
+** times the database page size.
+** ^If SQLite needs needs additional
 ** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    
+** ^When the application provides any amount of scratch memory using
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large
+** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations].
+** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap
+** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems.
+** 
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    
-** 
     ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.  
-** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
-** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
-** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
-** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
+** 
     ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
+** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
+** cache implementation.  
+** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2].
+** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
+** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz),
+** and the number of cache lines (N).
 ** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
-** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
-** page header.  ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
-** the host architecture.  ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
-** to make sz a little too large.  The first
-** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
-** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
-** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
-** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
-** The pointer in the first argument must
-** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
-** will be undefined.
    
+** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each
+** page header.  ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header
+** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ].
+** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary.  The pMem
+** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte
+** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise
+** subsequent behavior is undefined.
+** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided
+** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if
+** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer
+** is exhausted.
+** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection
+** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or
+** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial
+** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each
+** additional cache line. 
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    
-** 
     ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
-** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
-** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
+** 
     ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
+** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
+** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
+** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise.
+** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP:
+** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
 ** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
 ** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
 ** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
 ** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
-** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
+** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory
 ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
 ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
 ** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
@@ -2098,11 +1956,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    
-** 
     ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
-** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
-** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
+** 
     ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a
+** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.
+** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used
+** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of
+** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
 ** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
 ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
 ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
@@ -2110,8 +1968,8 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    
-** 
     ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** 
     ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
 ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
 ** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
 ** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
@@ -2123,25 +1981,25 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    
-** 
     ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
-** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
-** [database connection].  The first argument is the
+** 
     ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine
+** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection].
+** The first argument is the
 ** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
-** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(This option sets the
-** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
-** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
+** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+** sets the default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
 ** configuration on individual connections.)^ 
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
    
-** 
     ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
-** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies the interface
-** to a custom page cache implementation.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
-** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    
+** 
     ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is 
+** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies
+** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
+** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
    
-** 
     ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of the current
-** page cache implementation into that object.)^ 
    
+** 
     ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of
+** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^ 
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    
 ** 
     The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
@@ -2164,27 +2022,29 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** function must be threadsafe. 
    
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
-** 
     This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
-** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
-** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
-** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
+** 
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int.
+** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero,
+** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally
+** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_open16()] or
 ** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
 ** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
-** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
 ** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
-** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally
+** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
 ** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
-** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
-** 
     This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as
-** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for
-** full table scans in the query optimizer.  The default setting is determined
+** 
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer
+** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable
+** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer.
+** ^The default setting is determined
 ** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
 ** if that compile-time option is omitted.
 ** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
 ** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
-** malfunction when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
+** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
 ** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
 ** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
 **
@@ -2213,17 +2073,57 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
 ** 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
-** 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
+** 
    ^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
 ** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
 ** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
-** The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
+** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
 ** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  The maximum allowed mmap size
-** cannot be changed at run-time.  Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size
-** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
-** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.  
-** If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
+** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the
+** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
+** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
+** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
 ** changed to its compile-time default.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
+** 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
+** 
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is
+** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro
+** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
+** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]]
+** 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ
+** 
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which
+** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra
+** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler,
+** target platform, and SQLite version.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]]
+** 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ
+** 
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which
+** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded
+** sorter to that integer.  The default minimum PMA Size is set by the
+** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option.  New threads are launched
+** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting
+** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content
+** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the
+** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]]
+** 
    SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL
+** 
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which
+** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.  
+** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes)
+** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk.
+** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held
+** exclusively in memory.
+** Since many statement journals never become large, setting the spill
+** threshold to a value such as 64KiB can greatly reduce the amount of
+** I/O required to support statement rollback.
+** The default value for this setting is controlled by the
+** [SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL] compile-time option.
 ** 
 */
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
@@ -2248,6 +2148,10 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ        24  /* int *psz */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ               25  /* unsigned int szPma */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL      26  /* int nByte */
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
@@ -2305,15 +2209,71 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
 ** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. 
    
 **
+** 
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER
    
+** 
     ^This option is used to enable or disable the two-argument
+** version of the [fts3_tokenizer()] function which is part of the
+** [FTS3] full-text search engine extension.
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable fts3_tokenizer() or
+** positive to enable fts3_tokenizer() or negative to leave the setting
+** unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether fts3_tokenizer is disabled or enabled
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the new setting is not reported back. 
    
+**
+** 
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
    
+** 
     ^This option is used to enable or disable the [sqlite3_load_extension()]
+** interface independently of the [load_extension()] SQL function.
+** The [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] API enables or disables both the
+** C-API [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** When the first argument to this interface is 1, then only the C-API is
+** enabled and the SQL function remains disabled.  If the first argument to
+** this interface is 0, then both the C-API and the SQL function are disabled.
+** If the first argument is -1, then no changes are made to state of either the
+** C-API or the SQL function.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface
+** is disabled or enabled following this call.  The second parameter may
+** be a NULL pointer, in which case the new setting is not reported back.
+** 
    
+**
+** 
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME
    
+** 
     ^This option is used to change the name of the "main" database
+** schema.  ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string
+** which will become the new schema name in place of "main".  ^SQLite
+** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application
+** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged
+** until after the database connection closes.
+** 
    
+**
+** 
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE
    
+** 
     Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
+** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
+** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
+** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
+** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
+** is an integer - non-zero to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
+** default) to enable them. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
+** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
+** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
+** 
    
+**
 ** 
 */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE             1001 /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY           1002 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER        1003 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE      1006 /* int int* */
 
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
 ** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
@@ -2323,20 +2283,23 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
+** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
+** has a unique 64-bit signed
 ** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
 ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
 ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
 ** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
 ** is another alias for the rowid.
 **
-** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
-** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection]
-** in the first argument.  ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines
-** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables].
-** ^If no successful [INSERT]s
-** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
+** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
+** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
+** on database connection D.
+** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
+** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
+** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
 **
 ** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
 ** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
@@ -2372,48 +2335,47 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
-** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
-** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
-** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
-** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
-** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
-** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
-** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
+** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or
+** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
+** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter.
+** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value
+** returned by this function.
 **
-** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
-** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
+** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
+** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], 
+** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
+** 
+** Changes to a view that are intercepted by 
+** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value 
+** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or 
+** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real 
+** tables are counted.
 **
-** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
-** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
-** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
-** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
-** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
-**
-** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
-** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
-** Most SQL statements are
-** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
-** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
-** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
-** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
-**
-** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
-** not create a new trigger context.
-**
-** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
-** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
-** trigger context.
-**
-** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
-** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that also occurred at the top level.  ^(Within the body of a trigger,
-** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
-** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** statement within the body of the same trigger.
-** However, the number returned does not include changes
-** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
+** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
+** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
+** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
+** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
+** 
+** 
      
+**   
    •  ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
+**        sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program 
+**        has finished, the original value is restored.)^
+** 
+**   
    •  ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE 
+**        statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() 
+**        upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include 
+**        any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() 
+**        value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
+** 
    
+** 
+** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
+** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it 
+** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
+** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger 
+** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the 
+** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
 **
 ** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
 ** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
@@ -2426,21 +2388,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
-** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
-** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
-** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
-** [foreign key actions]. However,
-** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
-** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
-** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
-** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
-** are counted.)^
-** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
-** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
-** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
-**
+** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or
+** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed
+** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
+** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
+** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
+** 
+** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
+** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
+** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers 
+** are not counted.
+** 
 ** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
 ** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
 **
@@ -2452,6 +2412,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
 ** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
@@ -2527,28 +2488,36 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
+** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
-** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
-** or process has locked.
+** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
+** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
+** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
+** [database connection] D when another thread
+** or process has the table locked.
+** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
 **
-** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
 ** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
 ** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
 **
 ** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
 ** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
 ** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
+** been invoked previously for the same locking event.  ^If the
 ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned
+** to the application.
 ** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
+** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
 **
 ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
 ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
 ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
+** to the application instead of invoking the 
+** busy handler.
 ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
 ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
 ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
@@ -2562,57 +2531,48 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
 **
 ** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
 **
-** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
-** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
-** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
-** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
-** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
-** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
-** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
-** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
-** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
-** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
-** 
-** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why
-** this is important.
-**
 ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
 ** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
 ** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** will also set or clear the busy handler.
+** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
+** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
 **
 ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  In other words,
+** the busy handler is not reentrant.  Any such actions
 ** result in undefined behavior.
 ** 
 ** A busy handler must not close the database connection
 ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
 ** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
 ** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
 ** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
 ** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].
 **
 ** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
 ** turns off all busy handlers.
 **
 ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** [database connection] at any given moment.  If another busy handler
 ** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
 ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+**
+** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
 ** Use of this interface is not recommended.
@@ -2698,6 +2658,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 **
 ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
 ** from the standard C library.
+** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,
+** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
+** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
+** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
 ** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
@@ -2730,7 +2694,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 ** These routines all implement some additional formatting
 ** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
 ** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
-** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
+** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
 **
 ** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
 ** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
@@ -2783,6 +2747,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 ** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
 ** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
 **
+** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
+** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
+** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
+** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
+** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
+**
 ** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
 ** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
 ** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
@@ -2807,6 +2777,10 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
 ** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
 ** a NULL pointer.
 **
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
+** of a signed 32-bit integer.
+**
 ** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
 ** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
 ** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
@@ -2818,24 +2792,38 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
 ** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
 ** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
 **
-** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
-** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.
+** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
 ** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** sqlite3_malloc(N).
+** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
 ** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** sqlite3_free(X).
+** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
 ** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
 ** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
-** is not freed.
+** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
+** prior allocation is not freed.
 **
-** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
+** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
+** of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
+** of bytes requested when X was allocated.  ^If X is a NULL pointer then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero.  If X points to something that is not
+** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
+** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
+** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
 ** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
 ** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
 ** option is used.
@@ -2863,8 +2851,11 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
 ** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
@@ -2902,11 +2893,14 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
 ** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
 **
 ** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer.
 **
-** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
-** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
-** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
+** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is
+** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of
+** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a
+** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated
 ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
 ** method.
 */
@@ -2914,6 +2908,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
 ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
@@ -3007,8 +3002,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
 ** information.
 **
-** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
-** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
+** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
 */
 #define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
 #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
@@ -3066,9 +3061,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 #define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
 #define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
 #define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** These routines are deprecated. Use the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] interface
+** instead of the routines described here.
 **
 ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
 ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
@@ -3095,12 +3095,107 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 ** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
 ** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
    void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Event Codes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TRACE
+**
+** These constants identify classes of events that can be monitored
+** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic.  The third argument
+** to [sqlite3_trace_v2()] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of
+** the following constants.  ^The first argument to the trace callback
+** is one of the following constants.
+**
+** New tracing constants may be added in future releases.
+**
+** ^A trace callback has four arguments: xCallback(T,C,P,X).
+** ^The T argument is one of the integer type codes above.
+** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer passed in as the
+** fourth argument to [sqlite3_trace_v2()].
+** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T.
+**
+** 
    
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_STMT]] 
    SQLITE_TRACE_STMT
    
+** 
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_STMT callback is invoked when a prepared statement
+** first begins running and possibly at other times during the
+** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each
+** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the
+** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which
+** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment 
+** that indicates the invocation of a trigger.  ^The callback can compute
+** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()]
+** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking
+** [sqlite3_expanded_sql(P)] otherwise.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE]] 
    SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE
    
+** 
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback provides approximately the same
+** information as is provided by the [sqlite3_profile()] callback.
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
+** X argument points to a 64-bit integer which is the estimated of
+** the number of nanosecond that the prepared statement took to run.
+** ^The SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback is invoked when the statement finishes.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] 
    SQLITE_TRACE_ROW
    
+** 
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared
+** statement generates a single row of result.  
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
+** X argument is unused.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE]] 
    SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE
    
+** 
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE callback is invoked when a database
+** connection closes.
+** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [database connection] object
+** and the X argument is unused.
+** 
    
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_STMT       0x01
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE    0x02
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_ROW        0x04
+#define SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE      0x08
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Hook
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P) interface registers a trace callback
+** function X against [database connection] D, using property mask M
+** and context pointer P.  ^If the X callback is
+** NULL or if the M mask is zero, then tracing is disabled.  The
+** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of
+** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants.
+**
+** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides 
+** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2().
+**
+** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by 
+** mask M occur.  ^The integer return value from the callback is currently
+** ignored, though this may change in future releases.  Callback
+** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility.
+**
+** ^A trace callback is invoked with four arguments: callback(T,C,P,X).
+** ^The T argument is one of the [SQLITE_TRACE]
+** constants to indicate why the callback was invoked.
+** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer.
+** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T.
+**
+** The sqlite3_trace_v2() interface is intended to replace the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_trace()] and [sqlite3_profile()], both of which
+** are deprecated.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2(
+  sqlite3*,
+  unsigned uMask,
+  int(*xCallback)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),
+  void *pCtx
+);
+
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
 ** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
@@ -3134,6 +3229,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
 ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
@@ -3148,9 +3244,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 ** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
 ** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
 **
-** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  ^The default encoding for databases
+** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order.
 **
 ** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
 ** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
@@ -3238,13 +3334,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 ** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
 ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
 ** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
-** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
-** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
 **
 ** [[core URI query parameters]]
 ** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
 ** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
-** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the
+** following query parameters:
 **
 ** 
      
 **   
    •  vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
@@ -3278,6 +3375,28 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
 **     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
 **     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+**
+**  
    •  psow: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the
+**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
+**     storage media on which the database file resides.
+**
+**  
    •  nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
+**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
+**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
+**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
+**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
+**     processes uses nolock=1.
+**
+**  
    •  immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
+**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
+**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
+**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
+**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
+**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
+**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
+**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
+**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
+**       
 ** 
    
 **
 ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
@@ -3307,8 +3426,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
 **          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
 **          default, use a private cache.
-**  file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock 
-**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock".
+**  file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile 
+**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
+**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
 **  file:data.db?mode=readonly  
 **          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
 ** 
@@ -3395,12 +3515,15 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
-** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
-** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
-** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
-** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with 
+** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
+** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
+** API call.
+** If the most recent API call was successful,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
 ** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
 ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
 ** disabled.
@@ -3438,33 +3561,34 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object
 ** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
 **
-** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
-** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
-** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that
+** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
 **
-** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
+** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program.  The
+** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object 
+** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
+** prepared statement before it can be run.
+**
+** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this:
 **
 ** 
      
-** 
    1.  Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
-**      function.
-** 
    2.  Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+** 
    3.  Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()].
+** 
    4.  Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
 **      interfaces.
 ** 
    5.  Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
-** 
    6.  Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+** 
    7.  Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
 **      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
 ** 
    8.  Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
 ** 
    
-**
-** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
-** information.
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
 ** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
@@ -3554,6 +3678,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    
 ** 
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS
    
+** 
    The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single
+** [prepared statement] may start.
    )^
 ** 
 */
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
@@ -3567,10 +3695,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS           11
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
 ** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
 ** program using one of these routines.
@@ -3584,16 +3715,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
 ** use UTF-16.
 **
-** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
-** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
-** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
-** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
-** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
-** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
-** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including
-** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
-** make a copy of the input string.
+** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the
+** number of bytes read from zSql.  ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared
+** statement is generated.
+** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then
+** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that
+** is the number of bytes in the input string including
+** the nul-terminator.
 **
 ** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
 ** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
@@ -3646,7 +3775,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
 ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
 ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
-** the 
 ** 
    • 
 ** 
 */
@@ -3681,15 +3809,41 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
-** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
-** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+** ^The sqlite3_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a copy of the UTF-8
+** SQL text used to create [prepared statement] P if P was
+** created by either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8
+** string containing the SQL text of prepared statement P with
+** [bound parameters] expanded.
+**
+** ^(For example, if a prepared statement is created using the SQL
+** text "SELECT $abc,:xyz" and if parameter $abc is bound to integer 2345
+** and parameter :xyz is unbound, then sqlite3_sql() will return
+** the original string, "SELECT $abc,:xyz" but sqlite3_expanded_sql()
+** will return "SELECT 2345,NULL".)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql() interface returns NULL if insufficient memory
+** is available to hold the result, or if the result would exceed the
+** the maximum string length determined by the [SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH].
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option limits the size of
+** bound parameter expansions.  ^The [SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE] compile-time
+** option causes sqlite3_expanded_sql() to always return NULL.
+**
+** ^The string returned by sqlite3_sql(P) is managed by SQLite and is
+** automatically freed when the prepared statement is finalized.
+** ^The string returned by sqlite3_expanded_sql(P), on the other hand,
+** is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and must be free by the application
+** by passing it to [sqlite3_free()].
 */
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
 ** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
@@ -3716,15 +3870,21 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
 ** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
 ** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since
+** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and
+** [BEGIN|BEGIN EXCLUSIVE] commands do touch the database and so
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() returns false for those commands.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
 ** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
-** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
+** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
 ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
 ** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
 ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
@@ -3751,7 +3911,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
 ** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
 ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
 ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
-** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
+** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.  The
+** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new 
+** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
 **
 ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
 ** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
@@ -3795,6 +3957,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
 ** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
 ** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
 ** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
@@ -3841,18 +4004,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
 ** the behavior is undefined.
 ** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
-** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
+** that parameter must be the byte offset
 ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
 ** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
 ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
 ** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
 ** with embedded NULs is undefined.
 **
-** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
-** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces
+** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
 ** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
-** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
-** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails.
 ** ^If the fifth argument is
 ** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
 ** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
@@ -3860,6 +4023,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
 ** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
 **
+** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of
+** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]
+** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter.  If
+** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the
+** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different
+** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior
+** is undefined.
+**
 ** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
 ** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
 ** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
@@ -3880,6 +4051,9 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
 ** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB
+** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or
+** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH].
 ** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
 ** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
 **
@@ -3887,17 +4061,23 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64,
+                        void(*)(void*));
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
+                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
 ** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
@@ -3918,6 +4098,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
 ** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
@@ -3945,6 +4126,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
 ** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
@@ -3955,12 +4137,13 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
 **
 ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()].
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
 ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
@@ -3970,6 +4153,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
 ** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
@@ -3981,6 +4165,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
 ** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
@@ -4010,6 +4195,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
 ** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
@@ -4062,6 +4248,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
 ** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
@@ -4094,6 +4281,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
@@ -4150,7 +4338,8 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
 ** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
 ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
-** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
+** sqlite3_step().  But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1],
+** sqlite3_step() began
 ** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
 ** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
 ** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
@@ -4173,6 +4362,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
 ** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
@@ -4226,8 +4416,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
 ** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
-**
-** These routines form the "result set" interface.
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
 ** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
@@ -4288,13 +4477,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
 ** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
 **
-** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
-** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
+** Warning: ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  In a multithreaded environment,
+** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with
+** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
 ** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
 ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
 ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
 **
 ** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
 ** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
@@ -4308,29 +4498,23 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 **
 **   NULL     INTEGER    Result is 0
 **   NULL      FLOAT     Result is 0.0
-**   NULL       TEXT     Result is NULL pointer
-**   NULL       BLOB     Result is NULL pointer
+**   NULL       TEXT     Result is a NULL pointer
+**   NULL       BLOB     Result is a NULL pointer
 **  INTEGER    FLOAT     Convert from integer to float
 **  INTEGER     TEXT     ASCII rendering of the integer
 **  INTEGER     BLOB     Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-**   FLOAT    INTEGER    Convert from float to integer
+**   FLOAT    INTEGER    [CAST] to INTEGER
 **   FLOAT      TEXT     ASCII rendering of the float
-**   FLOAT      BLOB     Same as FLOAT->TEXT
-**   TEXT     INTEGER    Use atoi()
-**   TEXT      FLOAT     Use atof()
+**   FLOAT      BLOB     [CAST] to BLOB
+**   TEXT     INTEGER    [CAST] to INTEGER
+**   TEXT      FLOAT     [CAST] to REAL
 **   TEXT       BLOB     No change
-**   BLOB     INTEGER    Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
-**   BLOB      FLOAT     Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+**   BLOB     INTEGER    [CAST] to INTEGER
+**   BLOB      FLOAT     [CAST] to REAL
 **   BLOB       TEXT     Add a zero terminator if needed
 ** 
 **
)^ ** -** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() -** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its -** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are -** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most -** C programmers. -** ** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or ** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. @@ -4355,7 +4539,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they ** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. ** -** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** The safest policy is to invoke these routines ** in one of the following ways: ** **
    @@ -4375,8 +4559,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings -** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned -** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into ** [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any @@ -4398,6 +4582,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); /* ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. ** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors @@ -4425,6 +4610,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] ** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. @@ -4454,6 +4640,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior @@ -4485,15 +4672,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work -** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be -** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may -** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple -** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. ** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. -** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text -** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY]. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. ** ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ @@ -4575,13 +4771,23 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( ** These constant define integer codes that represent the various ** text encodings supported by SQLite. */ -#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 -#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 -#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */ #define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 + /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions ** DEPRECATED @@ -4589,8 +4795,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain ** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid -** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid -** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. +** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid +** these functions, we will not explain what they do. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); @@ -4603,11 +4809,12 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 #endif /* -** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value ** ** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses ** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on -** the function or aggregate. +** the function or aggregate. ** ** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters ** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] @@ -4622,7 +4829,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** object results in undefined behavior. ** ** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] -** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object ** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string @@ -4660,8 +4867,42 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for +** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V. The subtype +** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from +** one SQL function to another. Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()] +** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function. +** +** SQLite makes no use of subtype itself. It merely passes the subtype +** from the result of one [application-defined SQL function] into the +** input of another. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** object D and returns a pointer to that copy. ^The [sqlite3_value] returned +** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not. +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a +** memory allocation fails. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object +** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ^If V is a NULL pointer +** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); + /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. @@ -4706,6 +4947,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); /* ** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) @@ -4720,6 +4962,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) @@ -4731,6 +4974,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to ** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to @@ -4758,12 +5002,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly ** once, when the metadata is discarded. ** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
      -**
    • when the corresponding function parameter changes, or -**
    • when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the -** SQL statement, or -**
    • when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or -**
    • during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory -** allocation error occurs.
    )^ +**
  • ^(when the corresponding function parameter changes)^, or +**
  • ^(when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement)^, or +**
  • ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same +** parameter)^, or +**
  • ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.)^
** ** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the @@ -4803,6 +5048,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that ** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See @@ -4818,9 +5064,9 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the ** third parameter. ** -** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of -** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero -** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N) +** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be +** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified @@ -4869,6 +5115,10 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** set the return value of the application-defined function to be ** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, ** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an +** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding +** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one +** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]. ** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from ** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces @@ -4898,7 +5148,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of -** the application-defined function to be a copy the +** the application-defined function to be a copy of the ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The ** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] ** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or @@ -4912,6 +5162,8 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*, + sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); @@ -4922,14 +5174,33 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; +** higher order bits are discarded. +** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase +** in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated ** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. @@ -5032,6 +5303,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( /* ** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database ** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the @@ -5151,6 +5423,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate ** temporary file directory. ** +** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. +** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). +** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications +** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic +** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should +** be avoided in new projects. +** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate @@ -5169,6 +5448,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be ** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite +** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If +** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do +** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] +** objects have been destroyed. ** ** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set ** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various @@ -5227,6 +5511,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; /* ** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode ** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or ** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, @@ -5249,6 +5534,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle ** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] @@ -5261,6 +5547,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename ** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file @@ -5277,6 +5564,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N ** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not @@ -5286,6 +5574,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after ** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL @@ -5301,6 +5590,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. @@ -5350,15 +5640,17 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function ** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument -** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a [rowid table]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a -** row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. ** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument ** to sqlite3_update_hook(). ** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], @@ -5371,6 +5663,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are ** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook ** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an @@ -5391,8 +5684,8 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call on D. ** -** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] -** interfaces. +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()], [sqlite3_rollback_hook()], +** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( sqlite3*, @@ -5409,7 +5702,8 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** ** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent @@ -5424,6 +5718,11 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared ** cache setting should set it explicitly. ** +** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. +** ** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a ** 32-bit integer is atomic. ** @@ -5449,11 +5748,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap ** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the -** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is effect even -** when then [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is ** omitted. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] @@ -5497,7 +5797,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); ** from the heap. ** )^ ** -** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced +** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.7.3] ([dateof:3.7.3]), +** the soft heap limit is enforced ** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] ** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], ** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without @@ -5526,21 +5827,29 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific -** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle -** passed as the first function argument. +** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns +** information about column C of table T in database D +** on [database connection] X.)^ ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() +** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in +** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified +** column exists. ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns +** SQLITE_ERROR and if the specified column does not exist. +** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a +** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existence of the +** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it +** does not. ** ** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to -** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database +** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database ** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified -** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched ** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to ** resolve unqualified table references. ** ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column -** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters -** may be NULL. +** name of the desired column, respectively. ** ** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th ** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be @@ -5559,16 +5868,17 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); ** )^ ** ** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the -** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next ** call to any SQLite API function. ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no -** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output -** parameters are set as follows: +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs +** for the [rowid] are set as follows: ** ** 
 **     data type: "INTEGER"
@@ -5578,13 +5888,9 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
 **     auto increment: 0
 **
)^ ** -** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an -** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column -** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left -** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ -** -** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and +** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if +** any errors are encountered while loading the schema. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ @@ -5600,6 +5906,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( /* ** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. ** @@ -5627,9 +5934,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( ** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^Extension loading must be enabled using -** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] or +** [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],1,NULL) +** prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** +** Security warning: It is recommended that the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this +** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface +** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] +** disabled and prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +** ** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( @@ -5641,6 +5957,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are ** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling @@ -5651,6 +5968,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( ** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 ** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn ** it back off again. +** +** ^This interface enables or disables both the C-API +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** ^(Use [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],..) +** to enable or disable only the C-API.)^ +** +** Security warning: It is recommended that extension loading +** be disabled using the [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method +** rather than this interface, so the [load_extension()] SQL function +** remains disabled. This will prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); @@ -5664,7 +5992,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); ** ** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes ** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three -** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** arguments and expects an integer result as if the signature of the ** entry point where as follows: ** ** 
@@ -5690,7 +6018,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
 ** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
 ** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void));
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
@@ -5702,7 +6030,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
 ** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
 ** routines.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void));
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
@@ -5812,6 +6140,17 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
 ** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
 ** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
 **
+** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be
+** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from
+** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement
+** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62),
+** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be
+** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column
+** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also
+** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression
+** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to 
+** non-zero.
+**
 ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
 ** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
 ** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
@@ -5828,16 +6167,48 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
 ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
 ** sorting step is required.
 **
-** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
-** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
-** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
-** cost of approximately log(N).
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
+** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
+** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
+** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
+**
+** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
+** will be returned by the strategy.
+**
+** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a 
+** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
+** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
+** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. 
+**
+** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
+** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
+** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the
+** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback
+** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were
+** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not
+** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by
+** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). 
+** If a virtual table extension is
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
+** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
+** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
+** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
+** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). 
+** It may therefore only be used if
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
+** 3009000.
 */
 struct sqlite3_index_info {
   /* Inputs */
   int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
   struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
+     int iColumn;              /* Column constrained.  -1 for ROWID */
      unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
      unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
      int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
@@ -5856,9 +6227,20 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
   char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
   int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
   int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
-  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
+  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */
+  int idxFlags;              /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_uint64 colUsed;    /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */
 };
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE      1     /* Scan visits at most 1 row */
+
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
 **
@@ -5867,15 +6249,19 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
 ** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
 ** a query that uses a [virtual table].
 */
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ      2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT      4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE      8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT     16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE     32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH  64
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE   65
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB   66
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
 ** ^Module names must be registered before
@@ -5933,7 +6319,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
 */
 struct sqlite3_vtab {
   const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
+  int nRef;                       /* Number of open cursors */
   char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
   /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
 };
@@ -5972,6 +6358,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
+** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
 ** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
@@ -6014,6 +6401,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
 **
 ** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
 ** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
@@ -6023,26 +6412,42 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 **     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
 **
)^ ** +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is +** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. +** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP +** tables, the database name is "temp".)^ +** ** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read -** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. -** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary -** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is -** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. +** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for +** read-only access. ** -** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains -** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that -** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. -** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". -** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored +** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error +** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. +** +** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: +**
    +**
  • ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +**
  • ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +**
  • ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +**
  • ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, +**
  • ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, +**
  • ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not +** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, +**
  • ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, +**
  • ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is +** being opened for read/write access)^. +**
+** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** -** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written -** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set -** to be a null pointer.)^ -** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message -** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related -** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a -** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob -** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. ** ** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an ** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects @@ -6061,9 +6466,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, -** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using -** this interface. +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually ** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. @@ -6080,6 +6484,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( /* ** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points ** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified @@ -6100,34 +6505,34 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( ** ** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. */ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. +** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** handle is still closed.)^ ** -** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit -** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the -** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. -** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache -** until the close operation if they will fit. +** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if +** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write +** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is +** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error +** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. ** -** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes -** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur -** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during -** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ -** -** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns -** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ -** -** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned -** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. +** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The @@ -6143,6 +6548,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a ** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z @@ -6171,22 +6577,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a -** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z -** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. +** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), ** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. ** -** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is -** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. -** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) -** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an ** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred @@ -6195,9 +6608,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle ** or by other independent statements. ** -** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in @@ -6250,45 +6660,51 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** ** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations ** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation -** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following +** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following ** implementations are available in the SQLite core: ** **
    **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -**
)^ +** ** -** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines ** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and ** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix ** and Windows. ** -** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex ** implementation is included with the library. In this case the ** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ -** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested +** mutex. The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these +** integer constants: ** **
    **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 -**
)^ +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 +** ** ** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) ** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create @@ -6296,14 +6712,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex +** not want to. SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other ** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Nine static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should @@ -6312,16 +6728,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** ** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^For the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously -** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in -** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static -** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates -** a static mutex. +** allocated dynamic mutex. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, @@ -6329,23 +6742,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] ** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. -** In such cases the, +** In such cases, the ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other -** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. -** SQLite will never exhibit -** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ +** can enter.)^ If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other +** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() -** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the -** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will -** never do either.)^ +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or ** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines @@ -6366,9 +6777,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); ** used to allocate and use mutexes. ** ** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are -** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom +** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom ** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite -** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application ** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass ** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. ** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an @@ -6409,13 +6820,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); ** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if ** it is passed a NULL pointer). ** -** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to ** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without ** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to ** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. ** -** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] -** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory ** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite ** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. ** @@ -6441,29 +6852,29 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines ** ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines -** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. The SQLite core ** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications -** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. The SQLite core only ** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled -** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. External mutex implementations ** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is ** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. ** -** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument ** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. ** -** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these ** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working ** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always ** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. ** -** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since ** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is -** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** the appropriate thing to do. The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() ** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. */ #ifndef NDEBUG @@ -6487,13 +6898,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_randomness() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 11 /* For use by built-in VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument @@ -6505,6 +6923,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated @@ -6582,13 +7001,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER 25 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 25 /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information ** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes @@ -6602,19 +7028,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); ** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current ** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a -** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return +** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure. ** -** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be -** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite -** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and -** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time -** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter -** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. +** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to +** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by +** sqlite3_status() are undefined. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( + int op, + sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, + sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, + int resetFlag +); /* @@ -6693,7 +7122,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    -**
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only +**
    The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ ** ** @@ -6712,6 +7142,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetF /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the @@ -6774,12 +7205,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED
    +**
    This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a +** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap +** memory used by that pager cache is divided evenly between the attached +** connections.)^ In other words, if none of the pager caches associated +** with the database connection are shared, this request returns the same +** value as DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. Or, if one or more or the pager caches are +** shared, the value returned by this call will be smaller than that returned +** by DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. ^The highwater mark associated with +** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED is always 0. +** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated ** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the @@ -6788,7 +7231,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with ** the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. @@ -6835,11 +7278,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED 11 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 11 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various ** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number @@ -7188,6 +7633,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** destination database. +** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is ** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the ** destination [database connection] D. @@ -7280,20 +7729,20 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** -** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] ** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** -** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside -** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed -** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. -** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces -** retrieve these two values, respectively. -** -** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by -** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup -** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra -** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file -** changing. +** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still +** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages +** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent +** sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that +** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining, +** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next +** sqlite3_backup_step().)^ ** ** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles ** @@ -7339,6 +7788,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or @@ -7472,18 +7922,43 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: String Globbing * -** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches -** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match -** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P. +** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in ** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the -** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case -** sensitive. +** SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function +** is case sensitive. ** ** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings ** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); +/* +** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E. +** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E" +** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^For "X LIKE P" without +** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0. +** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case +** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match +** one another. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though +** only ASCII characters are case folded. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc); + /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface ** @@ -7509,14 +7984,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that -** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a -** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in -** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. ** -** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked @@ -7540,7 +8014,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will -** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( sqlite3*, @@ -7550,6 +8024,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D @@ -7567,6 +8042,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( ** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ** +** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. +** ** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint ** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] ** pages. The use of this interface @@ -7577,91 +8055,117 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X -** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an -** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of -** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in -** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ ** -** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface -** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the -** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be -** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be +** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to +** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition +** information. ** -** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to +** occur. But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** interface was added. This interface is retained for backwards +** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually +** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding +** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database -** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the -** eMode parameter: +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint +** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M. Status +** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^ +** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^ ** **
    **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    -** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log -** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling -** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished +** if there are concurrent readers or writers. ** **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    -** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +** ^This mode blocks (it invokes the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no ** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database -** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the -** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. +** snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending, +** but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded. ** **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    -** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after -** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures -** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file -** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** [busy-handler callback]) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. +** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new +** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE
    +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the +** addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior +** to a successful return. **
    ** -** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in -** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to -** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already -** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be -** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. -** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 -** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because +** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not +** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the +** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function +** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or +** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful +** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been +** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. ** -** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If ** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** -** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive -** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained -** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer -** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is -** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for -** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be +** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and +** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock +** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the ** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible -** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** -** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** [database connection] db. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If ** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the ** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other ** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error ** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** -** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL -** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If ** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any ** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, +** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface +** sets the error information that is queried by +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** +** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ @@ -7672,16 +8176,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( ); /* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values +** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode} ** -** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to -** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] -** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of -** each of these values. +** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed +** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface. +** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the +** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes. */ -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3 /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration @@ -7754,6 +8260,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} ** ** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to ** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode @@ -7769,7 +8276,429 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); /* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ #define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options} +** +** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the +** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface. Each constant designates a +** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return. +** +** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is +** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when +** S is finalized. +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP
    +**
    ^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be +** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT
    +**
    ^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST
    +**
    ^The "double" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the +** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each +** iteration of the X-th loop. If the query planner's estimates was accurate, +** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the +** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will +** be the NLOOP value for the current loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME
    +**
    ^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table +** used for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN
    +**
    ^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] +** description for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT
    +**
    ^The "int" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the +** "select-id" for the X-th loop. The select-id identifies which query or +** subquery the loop is part of. The main query has a select-id of zero. +** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column +** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP 0 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT 1 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST 2 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME 3 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN 4 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5 +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured +** performance for pStmt. Advanced applications can use this +** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and +** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found. +** +** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only +** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] +** compile-time option. +** +** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return. +** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior +** of this interface is undefined. +** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by +** the "pOut" parameter. +** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for. +** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than +** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement +** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut +** points to is unchanged. +** +** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases +** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves +** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable +** that pOut points to unchanged. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement for which info desired */ + int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ + int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ + void *pOut /* Result written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters. +** +** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor +** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction +** +** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the +** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an +** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database +** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] +** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and +** any [attached] databases. +** +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked +** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then +** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages +** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped +** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this +** function returns SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for +** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is +** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately. +** +** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message +** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. +** +** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation +** on a [rowid table]. +** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single +** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides +** the previous setting. +** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] +** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter. +** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as +** the first parameter to callbacks. +** +** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to [rowid tables]; the preupdate +** hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or [WITHOUT ROWID] +** tables. +** +** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to +** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. +** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the +** kind of update operation that is about to occur. +** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** database within the database connection that is being modified. This +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached +** databases.)^ +** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** table that is being modified. +** ^The sixth parameter to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** row being changes for SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE changes and is +** undefined for SQLITE_INSERT changes. +** ^The seventh parameter to the preupdate callback is the final [rowid] of +** the row being changed for SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_INSERT changes and is +** undefined for SQLITE_DELETE changes. +** +** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], +** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces +** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines +** may only be called from within a preupdate callback. Invoking any of +** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a +** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied +** to the preupdate callback results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_count(D)] interface returns the number of columns +** in the row that is being inserted, updated, or deleted. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_old(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row before it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_INSERT callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_new(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row after it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_INSERT and SQLITE_UPDATE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_DELETE callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate +** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level +** triggers; and so forth. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_update_hook()] +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK) +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( + sqlite3 *db, + void(*xPreUpdate)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int op, /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */ + char const *zDb, /* Database name */ + char const *zName, /* Table name */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey1, /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey2 /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */ + ), + void* +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code +** +** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error +** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. +** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be +** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot +** KEYWORDS: {snapshot} {sqlite3_snapshot} +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode] +** database for some specific point in history. +** +** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the +** same database file can each be reading a different historical version +** of the database file. When a [database connection] begins a read +** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database +** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started. +** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen +** by the reader until a new read transaction is started. +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical +** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read +** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than +** the most recent version. +** +** The constructor for this object is [sqlite3_snapshot_get()]. The +** [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] method causes a fresh read transaction to refer +** to an historical snapshot (if possible). The destructor for +** sqlite3_snapshot objects is [sqlite3_snapshot_free()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { + unsigned char hidden[48]; +} sqlite3_snapshot; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a +** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of +** schema S in database connection D. ^On success, the +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly +** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. +** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** +** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of +** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is +** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined +** in this case. +** +**
      +**
    • The database handle must be in [autocommit mode]. +** +**
    • Schema S of [database connection] D must be a [WAL mode] database. +** +**
    • There must not be a write transaction open on schema S of database +** connection D. +** +**
    • One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal +** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction +** must be written to it first. +**
    +** +** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] +** to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface starts a +** read transaction for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction +** refers to historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most +** recent change to the database. +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK on success +** or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. +** +** ^In order to succeed, a call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] must be +** the first operation following the [BEGIN] that takes the schema S +** out of [autocommit mode]. +** ^In other words, schema S must not currently be in +** a transaction for [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] to work, but the +** database connection D must be out of [autocommit mode]. +** ^A [snapshot] will fail to open if it has been overwritten by a +** [checkpoint]. +** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the +** database connection D does not know that the database file for +** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know +** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ +** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened +** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_open( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P. +** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object +** using this routine to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compare the ages of two snapshot handles. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages +** of two valid snapshot handles. +** +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** +** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the +** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the +** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the +** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** is undefined. +** +** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older +** snapshot than P2, zero if the two handles refer to the same database +** snapshot, and a positive value if P1 is a newer snapshot than P2. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp( + sqlite3_snapshot *p1, + sqlite3_snapshot *p2 +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Recover snapshots from a wal file +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** If all connections disconnect from a database file but do not perform +** a checkpoint, the existing wal file is opened along with the database +** file the next time the database is opened. At this point it is only +** possible to successfully call sqlite3_snapshot_open() to open the most +** recent snapshot of the database (the one at the head of the wal file), +** even though the wal file may contain other valid snapshots for which +** clients have sqlite3_snapshot handles. +** +** This function attempts to scan the wal file associated with database zDb +** of database handle db and make all valid snapshots available to +** sqlite3_snapshot_open(). It is an error if there is already a read +** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a wal mode +** database. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for @@ -7782,8 +8711,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); #if 0 } /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif -#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ +#endif /* SQLITE3_H */ +/******** Begin file sqlite3rtree.h *********/ /* ** 2010 August 30 ** @@ -7806,6 +8736,16 @@ extern "C" { #endif typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif /* ** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an @@ -7816,11 +8756,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, -#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, sqlite3_int64 *a, int *pRes), -#else - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, double *a, int *pRes), -#endif + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), void *pContext ); @@ -7832,11 +8768,62 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ - double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ }; +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ + /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL values of parameters */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + #if 0 } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ @@ -7844,9 +8831,2428 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { #endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ +/******** End of sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/******** Begin file sqlite3session.h *********/ + +#if !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) +#define __SQLITESESSION_H_ 1 + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object +** +** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful, +** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite +** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single +** database handle. +** +** Session objects created using this function should be deleted using the +** [sqlite3session_delete()] function before the database handle that they +** are attached to is itself closed. If the database handle is closed before +** the session object is deleted, then the results of calling any session +** module function, including [sqlite3session_delete()] on the session object +** are undefined. +** +** Because the session module uses the [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] API, it +** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a +** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is +** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** either of these things are undefined. +** +** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in +** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an +** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached +** to the database when the session object is created. +*/ +int sqlite3session_create( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */ + sqlite3_session **ppSession /* OUT: New session object */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object +** +** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the +** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module +** function are undefined. +** +** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. +*/ +void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object +** +** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When +** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When +** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled. +** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further +** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects +** the eventual changesets. +** +** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. +*/ +int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag +** +** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or +** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either: +** +**
      +**
    • The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is +** made, or +**
    • The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. +**
    +** +** If a single row is affected by more than one operation within a session, +** then the change is considered indirect if all operations meet the criteria +** for an indirect change above, or direct otherwise. +** +** This function is used to set, clear or query the session object indirect +** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the +** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag +** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** indirect flag for the specified session object. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. +*/ +int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object +** +** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. +** +** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** the new tables are also recorded. +** +** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY +** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. +** +** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor +** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, +** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. +** +** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored +** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3session_attach( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. +** +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is +** attached, xFilter will not be called again. +*/ +void sqlite3session_table_filter( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object +** +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning +** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to +** zero and return an SQLite error code. +** +** A changeset consists of zero or more INSERT, UPDATE and/or DELETE changes, +** each representing a change to a single row of an attached table. An INSERT +** change contains the values of each field of a new database row. A DELETE +** contains the original values of each field of a deleted database row. An +** UPDATE change contains the original values of each field of an updated +** database row along with the updated values for each updated non-primary-key +** column. It is not possible for an UPDATE change to represent a change that +** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it +** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. +** +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, +** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this +** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in +** PRIMARY KEY columns is updated so that all PRIMARY KEY columns are non-NULL, +** only an INSERT is appears in the changeset. Similarly, if an existing row +** with non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values is updated so that one or more of its +** PRIMARY KEY columns are set to NULL, the resulting changeset contains a +** DELETE change only. +** +** The contents of a changeset may be traversed using an iterator created +** using the [sqlite3changeset_start()] API. A changeset may be applied to +** a database with a compatible schema using the [sqlite3changeset_apply()] +** API. +** +** Within a changeset generated by this function, all changes related to a +** single table are grouped together. In other words, when iterating through +** a changeset or when applying a changeset to a database, all changes related +** to a single table are processed before moving on to the next table. Tables +** are sorted in the same order in which they were attached (or auto-attached) +** to the sqlite3_session object. The order in which the changes related to +** a single table are stored is undefined. +** +** Following a successful call to this function, it is the responsibility of +** the caller to eventually free the buffer that *ppChangeset points to using +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +**

    Changeset Generation

    +** +** Once a table has been attached to a session object, the session object +** records the primary key values of all new rows inserted into the table. +** It also records the original primary key and other column values of any +** deleted or updated rows. For each unique primary key value, data is only +** recorded once - the first time a row with said primary key is inserted, +** updated or deleted in the lifetime of the session. +** +** There is one exception to the previous paragraph: when a row is inserted, +** updated or deleted, if one or more of its primary key columns contain a +** NULL value, no record of the change is made. +** +** The session object therefore accumulates two types of records - those +** that consist of primary key values only (created when the user inserts +** a new record) and those that consist of the primary key values and the +** original values of other table columns (created when the users deletes +** or updates a record). +** +** When this function is called, the requested changeset is created using +** both the accumulated records and the current contents of the database +** file. Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried +** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** is added to the changeset. +** +**
    • For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is +** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching +** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original +** values, no change is added to the changeset. +**
    +** +** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later +** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is +** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of +** a DELETE and an INSERT. +** +** When a session object is disabled (see the [sqlite3session_enable()] API), +** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. +** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row +** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the +** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the +** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. +*/ +int sqlite3session_changeset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session +** +** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first +** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the +** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it +** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return +** an error). +** +** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. +** A table is considered compatible if it: +** +**
      +**
    • Has the same name, +**
    • Has the same set of columns declared in the same order, and +**
    • Has the same PRIMARY KEY definition. +**
    +** +** If the tables are not compatible, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned. If the tables +** are compatible but do not have any PRIMARY KEY columns, it is not an error +** but no changes are added to the session object. As with other session +** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. +** +** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. +** +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. +** +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** different in each, an UPDATE record is added to the session. +**
    +** +** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** identical. +** +** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the +** required compatible table. +** +** If the operation successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). +*/ +int sqlite3session_diff( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + const char *zFromDb, + const char *zTbl, + char **pzErrMsg +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object +** +** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: +** +**
      +**
    • DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** original values of other fields are omitted. +**
    • The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** UPDATE records. +**
    +** +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, +** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset +** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work +** in the same way as for changesets. +** +** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets +** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for +** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which +** they were attached to the session object). +*/ +int sqlite3session_patchset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnPatchset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppPatchset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. +** +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** more changes have been recorded, return zero. +** +** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling +** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** changeset containing zero changes. +*/ +int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** +** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. +** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an +** SQLite error code is returned. +** +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** iterator created by this function: +** +**
      +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_next()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_op()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_new()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_old()] +**
    +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually destroy the iterator +** by passing it to [sqlite3changeset_finalize()]. The buffer containing the +** changeset (pChangeset) must remain valid until after the iterator is +** destroyed. +** +** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the +** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** another change for table X. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_start( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator +** +** This function may only be used with iterators created by function +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to +** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE +** is returned and the call has no effect. +** +** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it +** does not point to any change in the changeset. Assuming the changeset +** is not empty, the first call to this function advances the iterator to +** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances +** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If +** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this +** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** +** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a +** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table +** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If +** pbIncorrect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change +** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** type of change that the iterator currently points to. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an +** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not +** be trusted in this case. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_op( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Pointer to table name */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Number of columns in table */ + int *pOp, /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */ + int *pbIndirect /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table +** +** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following: +** +**
      +**
    • The number of columns in the table, and +**
    • Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY. +**
    +** +** This function is used to find which columns comprise the PRIMARY KEY of +** the table modified by the change that iterator pIter currently points to. +** If successful, *pabPK is set to point to an array of nCol entries, where +** nCol is the number of columns in the table. Elements of *pabPK are set to +** 0x01 if the corresponding column is part of the tables primary key, or +** 0x00 if it is not. +** +** If argument pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is set to the number of columns +** in the table. +** +** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid +** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described +** above. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_pk( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + unsigned char **pabPK, /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */ + int *pnCol /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_old( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_new( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator +** +** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a +** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function +** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue +** is set to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback +** and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_conflict( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations +** +** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case +** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key +** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int *pnOut /* OUT: Number of FK violations */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator +** +** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. +** +** This function should only be called on iterators created using the +** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this +** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by +** [sqlite3changeset_apply()], [SQLITE_MISUSE] is immediately returned and the +** call has no effect. +** +** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding +** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): +** +** sqlite3changeset_start(); +** while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){ +** // Do something with change. +** } +** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(); +** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ +** // An error has occurred +** } +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset +** +** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted +** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted +** changeset. Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • Each DELETE change is changed to an INSERT, and +**
    • Each INSERT change is changed to a DELETE, and +**
    • For each UPDATE change, the old.* and new.* values are exchanged. +**
    +** +** This function does not change the order in which changes appear within +** the changeset. It merely reverses the sense of each individual change. +** +** If successful, a pointer to a buffer containing the inverted changeset +** is stored in *ppOut, the size of the same buffer is stored in *pnOut, and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, both *pnOut and *ppOut are +** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** call to this function. +** +** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid +** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_invert( + int nIn, const void *pIn, /* Input changeset */ + int *pnOut, void **ppOut /* OUT: Inverse of input */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects +** +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying +** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** +** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the +** following code fragment: +** +** sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp; +** rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +** rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut); +** }else{ +** *ppOut = 0; +** *pnOut = 0; +** } +** +** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_concat( + int nA, /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */ + void *pA, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */ + int nB, /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */ + void *pB, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppOut /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object +** +** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets +** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup +** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is +** always in the same format as the input. +** +** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with +** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code +** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** The usual usage pattern for an sqlite3_changegroup object is as follows: +** +**
      +**
    • It is created using a call to sqlite3changegroup_new(). +** +**
    • Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object +** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). +** +**
    • The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). +** +**
    • The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). +**
    +** +** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to +** new() and delete(), and in any order. +** +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming +** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). +*/ +int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup +** +** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** +** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function +** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if +** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this +** function. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR is returned and no changes are added +** to the changegroup. +** +** Rows within the changeset and changegroup are identified by the values in +** their PRIMARY KEY columns. A change in the changeset is considered to +** apply to the same row as a change already present in the changegroup if +** the two rows have the same primary key. +** +** Changes to rows that do not already appear in the changegroup are +** simply copied into it. Or, if both the new changeset and the changegroup +** contain changes that apply to a single row, the final contents of the +** changegroup depends on the type of each change, as follows: +** +** +** +** +**
    Existing Change New Change Output Change +**
    INSERT INSERT +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    INSERT UPDATE +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the +** existing change and then updated according to the new change. +**
    INSERT DELETE +** The existing INSERT is removed from the changegroup. The DELETE is +** not added. +**
    UPDATE INSERT +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    UPDATE UPDATE +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** by the existing change and then again by the new change. +**
    UPDATE DELETE +** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the +** changegroup. +**
    DELETE INSERT +** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. +**
    DELETE UPDATE +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    DELETE DELETE +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    +** +** If the new changeset contains changes to a table that is already present +** in the changegroup, then the number of columns and the position of the +** primary key columns for the table must be consistent. If this is not the +** case, this function fails with SQLITE_SCHEMA. If the input changeset +** appears to be corrupt and the corruption is detected, SQLITE_CORRUPT is +** returned. Or, if an out-of-memory condition occurs during processing, this +** function returns SQLITE_NOMEM. In all cases, if an error occurs the +** final contents of the changegroup is undefined. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup +** +** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the +** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup +** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the +** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset. +** +** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and +** sqlite3session_patchset() functions, all changes related to a single +** table are grouped together in the output of this function. Tables appear +** in the same order as for the very first changeset added to the changegroup. +** If the second or subsequent changesets added to the changegroup contain +** changes for tables that do not appear in the first changeset, they are +** appended onto the end of the output changeset, again in the order in +** which they are first encountered. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output +** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a +** call to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +int sqlite3changegroup_output( + sqlite3_changegroup*, + int *pnData, /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */ + void **ppData /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object +*/ +void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database +** +** Apply a changeset to a database. This function attempts to update the +** "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in the +** changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** +** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to this function is the "filter +** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one +** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with +** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer +** passed as the sixth argument to this function as the first. If the "filter +** callback" returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to +** the table. Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter +** argument to this function is NULL, all changes related to the table are +** attempted. +** +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** considered compatible if all of the following are true: +** +**
      +**
    • The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** changeset, and +**
    • The table has the same number of columns as recorded in the +** changeset, and +**
    • The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** recorded in the changeset. +**
    +** +** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the +** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued +** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most +** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. +** +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** each type of change is below. +** +** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results +** of passing anything other than a valid function pointer as the xConflict +** argument are undefined. +** +** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned +** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler +** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value +** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to +** the documentation for the three +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. +** +**
    +**
    DELETE Changes
    +** For each DELETE change, this function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original +** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is +** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the +** conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] +** passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE +** operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler +** function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +**
    INSERT Changes
    +** For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into +** the database. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler +** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +**
    UPDATE Changes
    +** For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** the changeset the row is updated within the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from an original +** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is +** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since +** UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are +** to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to +** avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +**
    +** +** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the +** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback. +** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict +** resolution strategy. +** +** All changes made by this function are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. +** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to +** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** SQLite error code returned. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_apply( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler +** +** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA
    +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument +** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** expected "before" values. +** +** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND
    +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second +** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the +** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT
    +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** in duplicate primary key values. +** +** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY
    +** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument +** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler +** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the +** foreign key constraint violation, are committed. Or, if it returns +** CHANGESET_ABORT, the changeset is rolled back. +** +** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function +** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle +** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT
    +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND 2 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT 3 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler +** +** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT
    +** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** continues to the next change in the changeset. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE
    +** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict +** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is either updated or deleted, depending +** on the type of change. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is removed from the database and a +** second attempt to apply the change is made. If this second attempt fails, +** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT
    +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT 0 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. +** +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** corresponding non-streaming API functions: +** +** +** +**
    Streaming functionNon-streaming equivalent
    sqlite3changeset_apply_str[sqlite3changeset_apply] +**
    sqlite3changeset_concat_str[sqlite3changeset_concat] +**
    sqlite3changeset_invert_str[sqlite3changeset_invert] +**
    sqlite3changeset_start_str[sqlite3changeset_start] +**
    sqlite3session_changeset_str[sqlite3session_changeset] +**
    sqlite3session_patchset_str[sqlite3session_patchset] +**
    +** +** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the +** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. +** +** In order to avoid this problem, instead of a single large buffer, input +** is passed to a streaming API functions by way of a callback function that +** the sessions module invokes to incrementally request input data as it is +** required. In all cases, a pair of API function parameters such as +** +** 
    +**        int nChangeset,
+**        void *pChangeset,
+**
    +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** 
    +**        int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+**        void *pIn,
+**
    +** +** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns +** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function +** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. +** +** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be +** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the +** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. +** +** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) +** return them in chunks by way of a callback function instead of via a +** pointer to a single large buffer. In this case, a pair of parameters such +** as: +** +** 
    +**        int *pnChangeset,
+**        void **ppChangeset,
+**
    +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** 
    +**        int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+**        void *pOut
+**
    +** +** The xOutput callback is invoked zero or more times to return data to +** the application. The first parameter passed to each call is a copy of the +** pOut pointer supplied by the application. The second parameter, pData, +** points to a buffer nData bytes in size containing the chunk of output +** data being returned. If the xOutput callback successfully processes the +** supplied data, it should return SQLITE_OK to indicate success. Otherwise, +** it should return some other SQLite error code. In this case processing +** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy +** of the xOutput error code to the application. +** +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, +** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm( + int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInA, + int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInB, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm( + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +int sqlite3changeset_start_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +int sqlite3session_changeset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); + + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) */ + +/******** End of sqlite3session.h *********/ +/******** Begin file fts5.h *********/ +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** FTS5 may be extended with: +** +** * custom tokenizers, and +** * custom auxiliary functions. +*/ + + +#ifndef _FTS5_H +#define _FTS5_H + + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +** +** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing +** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method. +*/ + +typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi; +typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context; +typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter; + +typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +); + +struct Fts5PhraseIter { + const unsigned char *a; + const unsigned char *b; +}; + +/* +** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS +** +** xUserData(pFts): +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** registered with. +** +** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the FTS5 table. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** xColumnCount(pFts): +** Return the number of columns in the table. +** +** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set +** *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table +** created with the "columnsize=0" option. +** +** xColumnText: +** This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the +** current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer +** containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes +** (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values +** of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined. +** +** xPhraseCount: +** Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression. +** +** xPhraseSize: +** Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases +** are numbered starting from zero. +** +** xInstCount: +** Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within +** the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or +** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. +** +** xInst: +** Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row. +** Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument +** should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value +** output by xInstCount(). +** +** Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol +** to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the +** first token of the phrase. The exception is if the table was created +** with the offsets=0 option specified. In this case *piOff is always +** set to -1. +** +** Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) +** if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** +** xRowid: +** Returns the rowid of the current row. +** +** xTokenize: +** Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table. +** +** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback): +** This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase +** of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to: +** +** ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid +** +** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the +** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** the third argument to pUserData. +** +** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the +** query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately. +** If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards. +** +** If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by +** the callback, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** +** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) +** +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions +** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any +** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of +** of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. +** +** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** single auxiliary data context. +** +** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is +** invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback +** was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this +** point. +** +** The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the +** auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished. +** +** If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, an +** the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the +** xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data +** pointer before returning. +** +** +** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) +** +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. +** +** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared +** (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete, +** if any, is not invoked. +** +** +** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow) +** +** This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table. +** In other words, the same value that would be returned by: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable; +** +** xPhraseFirst() +** This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext +** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within +** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the +** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol, iOff; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff) +** ){ +** // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol +** } +** +** The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not +** modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above +** with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by +** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates +** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). +** +** xPhraseNext() +** See xPhraseFirst above. +** +** xPhraseFirstColumn() +** This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst() +** and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead +** of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these +** APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row +** that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol) +** ){ +** // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase +** } +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). +** +** The information accessed using this API and its companion +** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext +** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is +** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with +** "detail=column" tables. +** +** xPhraseNextColumn() +** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. +*/ +struct Fts5ExtensionApi { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 3 */ + + void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*); + + int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); + int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); + + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ + ); + + int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase); + + int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst); + int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn); + int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken); + + int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData, + int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*) + ); + int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*)); + void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear); + + int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); +}; + +/* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +** +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting +** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined +** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: +** +** xCreate: +** This function is used to allocate and initialize a tokenizer instance. +** A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text. +** +** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) +** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings +** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the +** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used +** to create the FTS5 table. +** +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK +** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** is undefined. +** +** xDelete: +** This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously +** allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will +** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). +** +** xTokenize: +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first +** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object +** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). +** +** The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting +** tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following +** four values: +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT - A document is being inserted into +** or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to +** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the +** FTS index. +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. +** +**
    • (FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX) - Same as +** FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is +** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token +** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary +** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same +** on a columnsize=0 database. +**
    +** +** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must +** be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer +** passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth +** arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the +** size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets +** of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from +** which the token is derived within the input. +** +** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. +** +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** order that they occur within the input text. +** +** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then +** the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should +** immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the +** input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally, +** if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it +** may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than +** SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE. +** +** SYNONYM SUPPORT +** +** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances +** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms +** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match +** all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form +** the user specified in the MATCH query text. +** +** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5: +** +**
    1. By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the +** In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the +** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in +** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won +** 1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won", +** "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place', +** the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works +** as expected. +** +**
    2. By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may +** provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document. +** FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For +** example, faced with the query: +** +** +** ... MATCH 'first place' +** +** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** similar to: +** +** +** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place' +** +** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** being treated as a single phrase. +** +**
    3. By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are +** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and +** "place". +** +** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms +** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the +** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. +**
    +** +** Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that +** specifies a tflags argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit +** is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example, +** when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports +** synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows: +** +** +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "i", 1, 0, 1); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "won", 3, 2, 5); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "first", 5, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "place", 5, 12, 17); +** +** +** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time +** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a +** single token. +** +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, +** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it +** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the +** token "first" is subsituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query: +** +** +** ... MATCH '1s*' +** +** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer +** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). +** +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix +** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because +** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space +** within the database. +** +** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to +** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' +** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, +** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. +** +** When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only +** provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query +** text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is +** inefficient. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer; +typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; +struct fts5_tokenizer { + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); + void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + void *pCtx, + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iStart, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ + int iEnd /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ + ) + ); +}; + +/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */ +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY 0x0001 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX 0x0002 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT 0x0004 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX 0x0008 + +/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5 +** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */ +#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED 0x0001 /* Same position as prev. token */ + +/* +** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API +*/ +typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api; +struct fts5_api { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 2 */ + + /* Create a new tokenizer */ + int (*xCreateTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); + + /* Find an existing tokenizer */ + int (*xFindTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void **ppContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer + ); + + /* Create a new auxiliary function */ + int (*xCreateFunction)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_extension_function xFunction, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); +}; + +/* +** END OF REGISTRATION API +*************************************************************************/ + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* _FTS5_H */ + +/******** End of fts5.h *********/ /************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the +** autoconf-based build +*/ +#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. +*/ + +/* +** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also +** limits the size of a row in a table or index. +** +** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer +** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** This is the maximum number of +** +** * Columns in a table +** * Columns in an index +** * Columns in a view +** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement +** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement +** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. +** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** +** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will +** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should +** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if +** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few +** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN +# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. +** +** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would +** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible +** to turn this limit off. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. +** +** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. +** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced +** at all times. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. +** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one +** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result +** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL +** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable +** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT +# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. +** Not currently enforced. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP +# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#endif + +/* +** The suggested maximum number of in-memory pages to use for +** the main database table and for temporary tables. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30185-15359 The default suggested cache size is -2000, +** which means the cache size is limited to 2048000 bytes of memory. +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48205-43578 The default suggested cache size can be +** altered using the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE compile-time options. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -2000 +#endif + +/* +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 +** and 125. The upper bound of 125 is because the attached databases are +** counted using a signed 8-bit integer which has a maximum value of 127 +** and we have to allow 2 extra counts for the "main" and "temp" databases. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED +# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 +#endif + + +/* +** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 +#endif + +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 + + +/* +** The default size of a database page. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 4096 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases +** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain +** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), +** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value +** SQLite will choose on its own. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + + +/* +** Maximum number of pages in one database file. +** +** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. +** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the +** max_page_count macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT +# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ +#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ +#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ +#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#endif + +/* +** Include standard header files as necessary +*/ +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +#include +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and +** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler +** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements +** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. +** +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or +** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers +** that vary from one machine to the next. +** +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. +*/ +#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) +#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#endif + +/* +** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be +** inlined. +*/ +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE +#endif + +/* +** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when +** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by +** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 +# if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# include +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort) +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong) +# pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier) +# else +# include +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** +** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. +** We support that for legacy. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) +# if defined(THREADSAFE) +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE +# else +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using +** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE +# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 +#endif + +/* +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by +** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in +** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to +** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. +** +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() +** +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. +** +** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as +** the default. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ + are defined but at most one is allowed:\ + SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ + SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the +** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 +#endif + +/* +** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. +** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit +** it. +*/ +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 +#endif + +/* +** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that +** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, +** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. +** +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the +** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action +** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG +** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif + +/* +** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 +#endif + +/* +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X +#else +# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will +** not be counted as untested code. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is +** defined. We need to defend against those failures when testing with +** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches +** during a normal build. The following macro can be used to disable tests +** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (X) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (0) +#endif + +/* +** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) + extern int sqlite3OSTrace; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +#else +# define OSTRACE(X) +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +#endif + +/* +** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build? Currently, +** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when +** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are +** compiled using SQLITE_TEST). +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) +# define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME +#else +# undef SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME +#endif + +/* +** SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS is incompatible with SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) + +/* +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, +** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but +** currently they are just comments for human readers. +*/ +#define likely(X) (X) +#define unlikely(X) (X) + /************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ /* @@ -7863,8 +11269,8 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { ** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation ** used in SQLite. */ -#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ -#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ +#ifndef SQLITE_HASH_H +#define SQLITE_HASH_H /* Forward declarations of structures. */ typedef struct Hash Hash; @@ -7910,15 +11316,15 @@ struct Hash { struct HashElem { HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ + const char *pKey; /* Key associated with this element */ }; /* ** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* @@ -7944,169 +11350,182 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); */ /* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ -#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ +#endif /* SQLITE_HASH_H */ /************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ -#define TK_SEMI 1 -#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 -#define TK_QUERY 3 -#define TK_PLAN 4 -#define TK_BEGIN 5 -#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 -#define TK_DEFERRED 7 -#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 -#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 -#define TK_COMMIT 10 -#define TK_END 11 -#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 -#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 -#define TK_RELEASE 14 -#define TK_TO 15 -#define TK_TABLE 16 -#define TK_CREATE 17 -#define TK_IF 18 -#define TK_NOT 19 -#define TK_EXISTS 20 -#define TK_TEMP 21 -#define TK_LP 22 -#define TK_RP 23 -#define TK_AS 24 -#define TK_COMMA 25 -#define TK_ID 26 -#define TK_INDEXED 27 -#define TK_ABORT 28 -#define TK_ACTION 29 -#define TK_AFTER 30 -#define TK_ANALYZE 31 -#define TK_ASC 32 -#define TK_ATTACH 33 -#define TK_BEFORE 34 -#define TK_BY 35 -#define TK_CASCADE 36 -#define TK_CAST 37 -#define TK_COLUMNKW 38 -#define TK_CONFLICT 39 -#define TK_DATABASE 40 -#define TK_DESC 41 -#define TK_DETACH 42 -#define TK_EACH 43 -#define TK_FAIL 44 -#define TK_FOR 45 -#define TK_IGNORE 46 -#define TK_INITIALLY 47 -#define TK_INSTEAD 48 -#define TK_LIKE_KW 49 -#define TK_MATCH 50 -#define TK_NO 51 -#define TK_KEY 52 -#define TK_OF 53 -#define TK_OFFSET 54 -#define TK_PRAGMA 55 -#define TK_RAISE 56 -#define TK_REPLACE 57 -#define TK_RESTRICT 58 -#define TK_ROW 59 -#define TK_TRIGGER 60 -#define TK_VACUUM 61 -#define TK_VIEW 62 -#define TK_VIRTUAL 63 -#define TK_REINDEX 64 -#define TK_RENAME 65 -#define TK_CTIME_KW 66 -#define TK_ANY 67 -#define TK_OR 68 -#define TK_AND 69 -#define TK_IS 70 -#define TK_BETWEEN 71 -#define TK_IN 72 -#define TK_ISNULL 73 -#define TK_NOTNULL 74 -#define TK_NE 75 -#define TK_EQ 76 -#define TK_GT 77 -#define TK_LE 78 -#define TK_LT 79 -#define TK_GE 80 -#define TK_ESCAPE 81 -#define TK_BITAND 82 -#define TK_BITOR 83 -#define TK_LSHIFT 84 -#define TK_RSHIFT 85 -#define TK_PLUS 86 -#define TK_MINUS 87 -#define TK_STAR 88 -#define TK_SLASH 89 -#define TK_REM 90 -#define TK_CONCAT 91 -#define TK_COLLATE 92 -#define TK_BITNOT 93 -#define TK_STRING 94 -#define TK_JOIN_KW 95 -#define TK_CONSTRAINT 96 -#define TK_DEFAULT 97 -#define TK_NULL 98 -#define TK_PRIMARY 99 -#define TK_UNIQUE 100 -#define TK_CHECK 101 -#define TK_REFERENCES 102 -#define TK_AUTOINCR 103 -#define TK_ON 104 -#define TK_INSERT 105 -#define TK_DELETE 106 -#define TK_UPDATE 107 -#define TK_SET 108 -#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109 -#define TK_FOREIGN 110 -#define TK_DROP 111 -#define TK_UNION 112 -#define TK_ALL 113 -#define TK_EXCEPT 114 -#define TK_INTERSECT 115 -#define TK_SELECT 116 -#define TK_DISTINCT 117 -#define TK_DOT 118 -#define TK_FROM 119 -#define TK_JOIN 120 -#define TK_USING 121 -#define TK_ORDER 122 -#define TK_GROUP 123 -#define TK_HAVING 124 -#define TK_LIMIT 125 -#define TK_WHERE 126 -#define TK_INTO 127 -#define TK_VALUES 128 -#define TK_INTEGER 129 -#define TK_FLOAT 130 -#define TK_BLOB 131 -#define TK_REGISTER 132 -#define TK_VARIABLE 133 -#define TK_CASE 134 -#define TK_WHEN 135 -#define TK_THEN 136 -#define TK_ELSE 137 -#define TK_INDEX 138 -#define TK_ALTER 139 -#define TK_ADD 140 -#define TK_TO_TEXT 141 -#define TK_TO_BLOB 142 -#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143 -#define TK_TO_INT 144 -#define TK_TO_REAL 145 -#define TK_ISNOT 146 -#define TK_END_OF_FILE 147 -#define TK_ILLEGAL 148 -#define TK_SPACE 149 +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 +#define TK_RELEASE 14 +#define TK_TO 15 +#define TK_TABLE 16 +#define TK_CREATE 17 +#define TK_IF 18 +#define TK_NOT 19 +#define TK_EXISTS 20 +#define TK_TEMP 21 +#define TK_LP 22 +#define TK_RP 23 +#define TK_AS 24 +#define TK_WITHOUT 25 +#define TK_COMMA 26 +#define TK_OR 27 +#define TK_AND 28 +#define TK_IS 29 +#define TK_MATCH 30 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 31 +#define TK_BETWEEN 32 +#define TK_IN 33 +#define TK_ISNULL 34 +#define TK_NOTNULL 35 +#define TK_NE 36 +#define TK_EQ 37 +#define TK_GT 38 +#define TK_LE 39 +#define TK_LT 40 +#define TK_GE 41 +#define TK_ESCAPE 42 +#define TK_BITAND 43 +#define TK_BITOR 44 +#define TK_LSHIFT 45 +#define TK_RSHIFT 46 +#define TK_PLUS 47 +#define TK_MINUS 48 +#define TK_STAR 49 +#define TK_SLASH 50 +#define TK_REM 51 +#define TK_CONCAT 52 +#define TK_COLLATE 53 +#define TK_BITNOT 54 +#define TK_ID 55 +#define TK_INDEXED 56 +#define TK_ABORT 57 +#define TK_ACTION 58 +#define TK_AFTER 59 +#define TK_ANALYZE 60 +#define TK_ASC 61 +#define TK_ATTACH 62 +#define TK_BEFORE 63 +#define TK_BY 64 +#define TK_CASCADE 65 +#define TK_CAST 66 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 67 +#define TK_CONFLICT 68 +#define TK_DATABASE 69 +#define TK_DESC 70 +#define TK_DETACH 71 +#define TK_EACH 72 +#define TK_FAIL 73 +#define TK_FOR 74 +#define TK_IGNORE 75 +#define TK_INITIALLY 76 +#define TK_INSTEAD 77 +#define TK_NO 78 +#define TK_KEY 79 +#define TK_OF 80 +#define TK_OFFSET 81 +#define TK_PRAGMA 82 +#define TK_RAISE 83 +#define TK_RECURSIVE 84 +#define TK_REPLACE 85 +#define TK_RESTRICT 86 +#define TK_ROW 87 +#define TK_TRIGGER 88 +#define TK_VACUUM 89 +#define TK_VIEW 90 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 91 +#define TK_WITH 92 +#define TK_REINDEX 93 +#define TK_RENAME 94 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 95 +#define TK_ANY 96 +#define TK_STRING 97 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 98 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 99 +#define TK_DEFAULT 100 +#define TK_NULL 101 +#define TK_PRIMARY 102 +#define TK_UNIQUE 103 +#define TK_CHECK 104 +#define TK_REFERENCES 105 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 106 +#define TK_ON 107 +#define TK_INSERT 108 +#define TK_DELETE 109 +#define TK_UPDATE 110 +#define TK_SET 111 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 112 +#define TK_FOREIGN 113 +#define TK_DROP 114 +#define TK_UNION 115 +#define TK_ALL 116 +#define TK_EXCEPT 117 +#define TK_INTERSECT 118 +#define TK_SELECT 119 +#define TK_VALUES 120 +#define TK_DISTINCT 121 +#define TK_DOT 122 +#define TK_FROM 123 +#define TK_JOIN 124 +#define TK_USING 125 +#define TK_ORDER 126 +#define TK_GROUP 127 +#define TK_HAVING 128 +#define TK_LIMIT 129 +#define TK_WHERE 130 +#define TK_INTO 131 +#define TK_FLOAT 132 +#define TK_BLOB 133 +#define TK_INTEGER 134 +#define TK_VARIABLE 135 +#define TK_CASE 136 +#define TK_WHEN 137 +#define TK_THEN 138 +#define TK_ELSE 139 +#define TK_INDEX 140 +#define TK_ALTER 141 +#define TK_ADD 142 +#define TK_TO_TEXT 143 +#define TK_TO_BLOB 144 +#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 145 +#define TK_TO_INT 146 +#define TK_TO_REAL 147 +#define TK_ISNOT 148 +#define TK_END_OF_FILE 149 #define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 150 #define TK_FUNCTION 151 #define TK_COLUMN 152 #define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 153 #define TK_AGG_COLUMN 154 -#define TK_CONST_FUNC 155 -#define TK_UMINUS 156 -#define TK_UPLUS 157 +#define TK_UMINUS 155 +#define TK_UPLUS 156 +#define TK_REGISTER 157 +#define TK_VECTOR 158 +#define TK_SELECT_COLUMN 159 +#define TK_ASTERISK 160 +#define TK_SPAN 161 +#define TK_SPACE 162 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 163 + +/* The token codes above must all fit in 8 bits */ +#define TKFLG_MASK 0xff + +/* Flags that can be added to a token code when it is not +** being stored in a u8: */ +#define TKFLG_DONTFOLD 0x100 /* Omit constant folding optimizations */ /************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ @@ -8138,7 +11557,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* ** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 -** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler ** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB @@ -8175,6 +11594,36 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); # define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ #endif +/* +** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it +** to zero. +*/ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 +# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS +#endif + +/* +** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate +** pagecaches for each database connection. A positive number is the +** number of pages. A negative number N translations means that a buffer +** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 100 +#endif + /* ** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it ** ourselves. @@ -8186,8 +11635,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* ** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. */ -#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) -#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) +#endif +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) +#endif + +/* +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. +*/ +#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} /* ** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or @@ -8273,23 +11731,100 @@ typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ #endif /* -** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, -** evaluated at runtime. +** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit +** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This +** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. +** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. +** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst +** of 40. However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates, +** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. +** +** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". +** +** Examples: +** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 +** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 +** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 +** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 +** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 +** +** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. +** Examples: +** +** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 */ -#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; +typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; + +/* +** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE +# if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__) +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__ +# elif defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__arm__) || defined(__x86) +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4 +# else +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8 +# endif #endif -#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\ - || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) + +/* The uptr type is an unsigned integer large enough to hold a pointer +*/ +#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) + typedef uintptr_t uptr; +#elif SQLITE_PTRSIZE==4 + typedef u32 uptr; +#else + typedef u64 uptr; +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) macro checks to see if pointer P points to +** something between S (inclusive) and E (exclusive). +** +** In other words, S is a buffer and E is a pointer to the first byte after +** the end of buffer S. This macro returns true if P points to something +** contained within the buffer S. +*/ +#define SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) (((uptr)(P)>=(uptr)(S))&&((uptr)(P)<(uptr)(E))) + + +/* +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. +** +** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order +** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if +** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined +** at run-time. +*/ +#if (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ + defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE -#else +#endif +#if (defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__)) \ + && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) +# ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + const int sqlite3one = 1; +# else + extern const int sqlite3one; +# endif +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */ # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) #endif /* @@ -8300,7 +11835,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; #define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) -/* +/* ** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used ** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. */ @@ -8317,7 +11852,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; ** all alignment restrictions correct. ** ** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the -** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned +** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned ** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. */ #ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC @@ -8339,16 +11874,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; */ #ifdef __APPLE__ # include -# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# endif #endif #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE # if defined(__linux__) \ || defined(_WIN32) \ || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ - || defined(__sun) + || defined(__sun) \ + || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ + || defined(__DragonFly__) # define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ # else # define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 @@ -8370,9 +11903,33 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE #endif +/* +** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined. +** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4. If either are defined, also +** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +#endif + +/* +** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not +** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE) +# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1 +#else +# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0 +#endif + /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler -** callback for a given sqlite handle. +** callback for a given sqlite handle. ** ** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy ** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite @@ -8417,9 +11974,9 @@ struct BusyHandler { /* ** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). -** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the -** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce -** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any +** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the +** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce +** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any ** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC ** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. */ @@ -8443,19 +12000,19 @@ struct BusyHandler { #define SQLITE_WSD const #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); #else - #define SQLITE_WSD + #define SQLITE_WSD #define GLOBAL(t,v) v #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config #endif /* ** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to -** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately +** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately ** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when -** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the +** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the ** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the ** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, ** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. @@ -8498,15 +12055,19 @@ typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; typedef struct Module Module; typedef struct NameContext NameContext; typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct PreUpdate PreUpdate; +typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; typedef struct RowSet RowSet; typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread; typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; typedef struct SrcList SrcList; typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; typedef struct Table Table; typedef struct TableLock TableLock; typedef struct Token Token; +typedef struct TreeView TreeView; typedef struct Trigger Trigger; typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; @@ -8515,9 +12076,18 @@ typedef struct VTable VTable; typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; typedef struct Walker Walker; typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; +typedef struct With With; + +/* A VList object records a mapping between parameters/variables/wildcards +** in the SQL statement (such as $abc, @pqr, or :xyz) and the integer +** variable number associated with that parameter. See the format description +** on the sqlite3VListAdd() routine for more information. A VList is really +** just an array of integers. +*/ +typedef int VList; /* -** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and +** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and ** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque ** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. */ @@ -8538,13 +12108,13 @@ typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; ** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description ** of what each interface routine does. */ -#ifndef _BTREE_H_ -#define _BTREE_H_ +#ifndef SQLITE_BTREE_H +#define SQLITE_BTREE_H /* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It ** needs to be revisited. */ -#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 +#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 16 /* ** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise @@ -8564,6 +12134,7 @@ typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; typedef struct Btree Btree; typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; typedef struct BtShared BtShared; +typedef struct BtreePayload BtreePayload; SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( @@ -8588,25 +12159,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree*,int); +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); -#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); @@ -8614,7 +12185,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); +#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); @@ -8638,7 +12211,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); @@ -8656,6 +12230,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); ** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of ** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at ** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). +** +** The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not really a value stored in the header. +** It is a read-only number computed by the pager. But we merge it with +** the header value access routines since its access pattern is the same. +** Call it a "virtual meta value". */ #define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 #define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 @@ -8666,12 +12245,78 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); #define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 #define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 #define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 +#define BTREE_DATA_VERSION 15 /* A virtual meta-value */ /* -** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an -** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call. +** Kinds of hints that can be passed into the sqlite3BtreeCursorHint() +** interface. +** +** BTREE_HINT_RANGE (arguments: Expr*, Mem*) +** +** The first argument is an Expr* (which is guaranteed to be constant for +** the lifetime of the cursor) that defines constraints on which rows +** might be fetched with this cursor. The Expr* tree may contain +** TK_REGISTER nodes that refer to values stored in the array of registers +** passed as the second parameter. In other words, if Expr.op==TK_REGISTER +** then the value of the node is the value in Mem[pExpr.iTable]. Any +** TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree refers to the Expr.iColumn-th +** column of the b-tree of the cursor. The Expr tree will not contain +** any function calls nor subqueries nor references to b-trees other than +** the cursor being hinted. +** +** The design of the _RANGE hint is aid b-tree implementations that try +** to prefetch content from remote machines - to provide those +** implementations with limits on what needs to be prefetched and thereby +** reduce network bandwidth. +** +** Note that BTREE_HINT_FLAGS with BTREE_BULKLOAD is the only hint used by +** standard SQLite. The other hints are provided for extentions that use +** the SQLite parser and code generator but substitute their own storage +** engine. */ -#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 +#define BTREE_HINT_RANGE 0 /* Range constraints on queries */ + +/* +** Values that may be OR'd together to form the argument to the +** BTREE_HINT_FLAGS hint for sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(): +** +** The BTREE_BULKLOAD flag is set on index cursors when the index is going +** to be filled with content that is already in sorted order. +** +** The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is set on cursors that will get OP_SeekGE or +** OP_SeekLE opcodes for a range search, but where the range of entries +** selected will all have the same key. In other words, the cursor will +** be used only for equality key searches. +** +*/ +#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */ +#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */ + +/* +** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor(). +** +** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write +** cursors it may be set to either (BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) or just +** (BTREE_WRCSR). If the BTREE_FORDELETE bit is set, then the cursor will +** only be used by SQLite for the following: +** +** * to seek to and then delete specific entries, and/or +** +** * to read values that will be used to create keys that other +** BTREE_FORDELETE cursors will seek to and delete. +** +** The BTREE_FORDELETE flag is an optimization hint. It is not used by +** by this, the native b-tree engine of SQLite, but it is available to +** alternative storage engines that might be substituted in place of this +** b-tree system. For alternative storage engines in which a delete of +** the main table row automatically deletes corresponding index rows, +** the FORDELETE flag hint allows those alternative storage engines to +** skip a lot of work. Namely: FORDELETE cursors may treat all SEEK +** and DELETE operations as no-ops, and any READ operation against a +** FORDELETE cursor may return a null row: 0x01 0x00. +*/ +#define BTREE_WRCSR 0x00000004 /* read-write cursor */ +#define BTREE_FORDELETE 0x00000008 /* Cursor is for seek/delete only */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ @@ -8682,6 +12327,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor*, unsigned); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor*, int, ...); +#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( @@ -8691,37 +12340,72 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( int bias, int *pRes ); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, - const void *pData, int nData, - int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags); + +/* Allowed flags for the 2nd argument to sqlite3BtreeDelete() */ +#define BTREE_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* Leave cursor pointing at NEXT or PREV */ +#define BTREE_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* not the primary delete operation */ + +/* An instance of the BtreePayload object describes the content of a single +** entry in either an index or table btree. +** +** Index btrees (used for indexes and also WITHOUT ROWID tables) contain +** an arbitrary key and no data. These btrees have pKey,nKey set to their +** key and pData,nData,nZero set to zero. +** +** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as +** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero. +** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry. nZero extra zero bytes +** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry. +** +** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert(). The +** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters. But placing +** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more +** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to +** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing. +*/ +struct BtreePayload { + const void *pKey; /* Key content for indexes. NULL for tables */ + sqlite3_int64 nKey; /* Size of pKey for indexes. PRIMARY KEY for tabs */ + const void *pData; /* Data for tables. NULL for indexes */ + struct Mem *aMem; /* First of nMem value in the unpacked pKey */ + u16 nMem; /* Number of aMem[] value. Might be zero */ + int nData; /* Size of pData. 0 if none. */ + int nZero; /* Extra zero data appended after pData,nData */ +}; + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const BtreePayload *pPayload, + int bias, int seekResult); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *); +#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void); #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); #endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); @@ -8744,15 +12428,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*); #else # define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(X) 1 #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); #ifndef NDEBUG @@ -8763,9 +12451,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); #endif #else -# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 # define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) @@ -8775,7 +12461,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); #endif -#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ +#endif /* SQLITE_BTREE_H */ /************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ @@ -8798,8 +12484,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); ** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a ** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. */ -#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ -#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +#ifndef SQLITE_VDBE_H +#define SQLITE_VDBE_H /* #include */ /* @@ -8824,33 +12510,41 @@ typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; struct VdbeOp { u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ - u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */ + u8 notUsed1; u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ int p1; /* First operand */ int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ int p3; /* The third parameter */ - union { /* fourth parameter */ + union p4union { /* fourth parameter */ int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ void *p; /* Generic pointer */ char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCCTX */ CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ + Table *pTab; /* Used when p4type is P4_TABLE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + Expr *pExpr; /* Used when p4type is P4_EXPR */ +#endif int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); } p4; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ + u32 cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + int iSrcLine; /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */ +#endif }; typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; @@ -8863,7 +12557,6 @@ struct SubProgram { int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ - int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ }; @@ -8886,29 +12579,27 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ #define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ #define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ -#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ -#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ -#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ -#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ +#define P4_COLLSEQ (-3) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ +#define P4_FUNCDEF (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ +#define P4_KEYINFO (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ +#define P4_EXPR (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to an Expr tree */ +#define P4_MEM (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ #define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ -#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ -#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ -#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ -#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ -#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ -#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ -#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ -#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ +#define P4_VTAB (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ +#define P4_REAL (-9) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ +#define P4_INT64 (-10) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INT32 (-11) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INTARRAY (-12) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ +#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-13) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ +#define P4_ADVANCE (-14) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ +#define P4_TABLE (-15) /* P4 is a pointer to a Table structure */ +#define P4_FUNCCTX (-16) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object */ -/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure -** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the -** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still -** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained -** from a single sqliteMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling -** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo. -*/ -#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16) -#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17) +/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */ +#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1 +#define P5_ConstraintUnique 2 +#define P5_ConstraintCheck 3 +#define P5_ConstraintFK 4 /* ** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the @@ -8944,190 +12635,210 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; /************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ /************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ /* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ -#define OP_Function 1 -#define OP_Savepoint 2 -#define OP_AutoCommit 3 -#define OP_Transaction 4 -#define OP_SorterNext 5 -#define OP_Prev 6 -#define OP_Next 7 -#define OP_AggStep 8 -#define OP_Checkpoint 9 -#define OP_JournalMode 10 -#define OP_Vacuum 11 -#define OP_VFilter 12 -#define OP_VUpdate 13 -#define OP_Goto 14 -#define OP_Gosub 15 -#define OP_Return 16 -#define OP_Yield 17 -#define OP_HaltIfNull 18 -#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */ -#define OP_Halt 20 -#define OP_Integer 21 -#define OP_Int64 22 -#define OP_String 23 -#define OP_Null 24 -#define OP_Blob 25 -#define OP_Variable 26 -#define OP_Move 27 -#define OP_Copy 28 -#define OP_SCopy 29 -#define OP_ResultRow 30 -#define OP_CollSeq 31 -#define OP_AddImm 32 -#define OP_MustBeInt 33 -#define OP_RealAffinity 34 -#define OP_Permutation 35 -#define OP_Compare 36 -#define OP_Jump 37 -#define OP_Once 38 -#define OP_If 39 -#define OP_IfNot 40 -#define OP_Column 41 -#define OP_Affinity 42 -#define OP_MakeRecord 43 -#define OP_Count 44 -#define OP_ReadCookie 45 -#define OP_SetCookie 46 -#define OP_VerifyCookie 47 -#define OP_OpenRead 48 -#define OP_OpenWrite 49 -#define OP_OpenAutoindex 50 -#define OP_OpenEphemeral 51 -#define OP_SorterOpen 52 -#define OP_OpenPseudo 53 -#define OP_Close 54 -#define OP_SeekLt 55 -#define OP_SeekLe 56 -#define OP_SeekGe 57 -#define OP_SeekGt 58 -#define OP_Seek 59 -#define OP_NotFound 60 -#define OP_Found 61 -#define OP_IsUnique 62 -#define OP_NotExists 63 -#define OP_Sequence 64 -#define OP_NewRowid 65 -#define OP_Insert 66 -#define OP_InsertInt 67 -#define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */ -#define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */ -#define OP_Delete 70 -#define OP_ResetCount 71 -#define OP_SorterCompare 72 -#define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ -#define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ -#define OP_Ne 75 /* same as TK_NE */ -#define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */ -#define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */ -#define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */ -#define OP_Lt 79 /* same as TK_LT */ -#define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */ -#define OP_SorterData 81 -#define OP_BitAnd 82 /* same as TK_BITAND */ -#define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */ -#define OP_ShiftLeft 84 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ -#define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ -#define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */ -#define OP_Subtract 87 /* same as TK_MINUS */ -#define OP_Multiply 88 /* same as TK_STAR */ -#define OP_Divide 89 /* same as TK_SLASH */ -#define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */ -#define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ -#define OP_RowKey 92 -#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ -#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */ -#define OP_RowData 95 -#define OP_Rowid 96 -#define OP_NullRow 97 -#define OP_Last 98 -#define OP_SorterSort 99 -#define OP_Sort 100 -#define OP_Rewind 101 -#define OP_SorterInsert 102 -#define OP_IdxInsert 103 -#define OP_IdxDelete 104 -#define OP_IdxRowid 105 -#define OP_IdxLT 106 -#define OP_IdxGE 107 -#define OP_Destroy 108 -#define OP_Clear 109 -#define OP_CreateIndex 110 -#define OP_CreateTable 111 -#define OP_ParseSchema 112 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 113 -#define OP_DropTable 114 -#define OP_DropIndex 115 -#define OP_DropTrigger 116 -#define OP_IntegrityCk 117 -#define OP_RowSetAdd 118 -#define OP_RowSetRead 119 -#define OP_RowSetTest 120 -#define OP_Program 121 -#define OP_Param 122 -#define OP_FkCounter 123 -#define OP_FkIfZero 124 -#define OP_MemMax 125 -#define OP_IfPos 126 -#define OP_IfNeg 127 -#define OP_IfZero 128 -#define OP_AggFinal 129 -#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ -#define OP_IncrVacuum 131 -#define OP_Expire 132 -#define OP_TableLock 133 -#define OP_VBegin 134 -#define OP_VCreate 135 -#define OP_VDestroy 136 -#define OP_VOpen 137 -#define OP_VColumn 138 -#define OP_VNext 139 -#define OP_VRename 140 -#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ -#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ -#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ -#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ -#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ -#define OP_Pagecount 146 -#define OP_MaxPgcnt 147 -#define OP_Trace 148 -#define OP_Noop 149 -#define OP_Explain 150 - +/* See the tool/mkopcodeh.tcl script for details */ +#define OP_Savepoint 0 +#define OP_AutoCommit 1 +#define OP_Transaction 2 +#define OP_SorterNext 3 +#define OP_PrevIfOpen 4 +#define OP_NextIfOpen 5 +#define OP_Prev 6 +#define OP_Next 7 +#define OP_Checkpoint 8 +#define OP_JournalMode 9 +#define OP_Vacuum 10 +#define OP_VFilter 11 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' */ +#define OP_VUpdate 12 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */ +#define OP_Goto 13 +#define OP_Gosub 14 +#define OP_InitCoroutine 15 +#define OP_Yield 16 +#define OP_MustBeInt 17 +#define OP_Jump 18 +#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */ +#define OP_Once 20 +#define OP_If 21 +#define OP_IfNot 22 +#define OP_SeekLT 23 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekLE 24 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGE 25 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGT 26 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Or 27 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */ +#define OP_And 28 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */ +#define OP_NoConflict 29 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotFound 30 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Found 31 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekRowid 32 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ +#define OP_NotExists 33 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ +#define OP_IsNull 34 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_NotNull 35 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_Ne 36 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: IF r[P3]!=r[P1] */ +#define OP_Eq 37 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: IF r[P3]==r[P1] */ +#define OP_Gt 38 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: IF r[P3]>r[P1] */ +#define OP_Le 39 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: IF r[P3]<=r[P1] */ +#define OP_Lt 40 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: IF r[P3]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_ElseNotEq 42 /* same as TK_ESCAPE */ +#define OP_BitAnd 43 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */ +#define OP_BitOr 44 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */ +#define OP_ShiftLeft 45 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] */ +#define OP_Add 47 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */ +#define OP_Subtract 48 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */ +#define OP_Multiply 49 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */ +#define OP_Divide 50 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */ +#define OP_Remainder 51 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */ +#define OP_Concat 52 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */ +#define OP_Last 53 +#define OP_BitNot 54 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */ +#define OP_SorterSort 55 +#define OP_Sort 56 +#define OP_Rewind 57 +#define OP_IdxLE 58 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGT 59 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxLT 60 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGE 61 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_RowSetRead 62 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */ +#define OP_RowSetTest 63 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */ +#define OP_Program 64 +#define OP_FkIfZero 65 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfPos 66 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfNotZero 67 /* synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2 */ +#define OP_DecrJumpZero 68 /* synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IncrVacuum 69 +#define OP_VNext 70 +#define OP_Init 71 /* synopsis: Start at P2 */ +#define OP_Return 72 +#define OP_EndCoroutine 73 +#define OP_HaltIfNull 74 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */ +#define OP_Halt 75 +#define OP_Integer 76 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */ +#define OP_Int64 77 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_String 78 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Null 79 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */ +#define OP_SoftNull 80 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL */ +#define OP_Blob 81 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Variable 82 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */ +#define OP_Move 83 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ +#define OP_Copy 84 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] */ +#define OP_SCopy 85 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_IntCopy 86 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_ResultRow 87 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */ +#define OP_CollSeq 88 +#define OP_Function0 89 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_Function 90 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AddImm 91 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */ +#define OP_RealAffinity 92 +#define OP_Cast 93 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) */ +#define OP_Permutation 94 +#define OP_Compare 95 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_Column 96 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */ +#define OP_String8 97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */ +#define OP_Affinity 98 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_MakeRecord 99 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_Count 100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */ +#define OP_ReadCookie 101 +#define OP_SetCookie 102 +#define OP_ReopenIdx 103 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenRead 104 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenWrite 105 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenAutoindex 106 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 107 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_SorterOpen 108 +#define OP_SequenceTest 109 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 */ +#define OP_OpenPseudo 110 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */ +#define OP_Close 111 +#define OP_ColumnsUsed 112 +#define OP_Sequence 113 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ +#define OP_NewRowid 114 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Insert 115 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_InsertInt 116 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Delete 117 +#define OP_ResetCount 118 +#define OP_SorterCompare 119 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ +#define OP_SorterData 120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_RowData 121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_Rowid 122 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_NullRow 123 +#define OP_SorterInsert 124 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxInsert 125 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxDelete 126 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_Seek 127 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid */ +#define OP_IdxRowid 128 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Destroy 129 +#define OP_Clear 130 +#define OP_ResetSorter 131 +#define OP_Real 132 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_CreateIndex 133 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_CreateTable 134 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_ParseSchema 135 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 136 +#define OP_DropTable 137 +#define OP_DropIndex 138 +#define OP_DropTrigger 139 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 140 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 141 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Param 142 +#define OP_FkCounter 143 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ +#define OP_MemMax 144 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ +#define OP_OffsetLimit 145 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */ +#define OP_AggStep0 146 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggStep 147 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggFinal 148 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ +#define OP_Expire 149 +#define OP_TableLock 150 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ +#define OP_VBegin 151 +#define OP_VCreate 152 +#define OP_VDestroy 153 +#define OP_VOpen 154 +#define OP_VColumn 155 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ +#define OP_VRename 156 +#define OP_Pagecount 157 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 158 +#define OP_CursorHint 159 +#define OP_Noop 160 +#define OP_Explain 161 /* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in ** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c ** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: */ -#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ -#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ -#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x01 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ +#define OPFLG_IN1 0x02 /* in1: P1 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN2 0x04 /* in2: P2 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN3 0x08 /* in3: P3 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x10 /* out2: P2 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x20 /* out3: P3 is an output */ #define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ -/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 16 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x24, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,\ -/* 24 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 32 */ 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05,\ -/* 40 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00,\ -/* 48 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11,\ -/* 56 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\ -/* 64 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 72 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\ -/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ -/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00, 0x24, 0x02, 0x00,\ -/* 96 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08,\ -/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ -/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45,\ -/* 120 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x05, 0x05,\ -/* 128 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ -/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,} +/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 16 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x12, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x09,\ +/* 24 */ 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x26, 0x26, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09,\ +/* 32 */ 0x09, 0x09, 0x03, 0x03, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,\ +/* 40 */ 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\ +/* 48 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x01, 0x12, 0x01,\ +/* 56 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x23, 0x0b,\ +/* 64 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 72 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x08, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10,\ +/* 80 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\ +/* 88 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 128 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\ +/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x00,\ +/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\ +/* 160 */ 0x00, 0x00,} + +/* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows +** the value of the largest JUMP opcode. The smaller the maximum +** JUMP opcode the better, so the mkopcodeh.tcl script that +** generated this include file strives to group all JUMP opcodes +** together near the beginning of the list. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE 71 /* Maximum JUMP opcode */ /************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ @@ -9136,26 +12847,41 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; ** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation ** for a description of what each of these routines does. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe*,int,const char*,...); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const u8*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(Vdbe*,int); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(Vdbe *p, int N); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(A,B) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe*, u32 addr, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(Vdbe*, void *pP4, int p4type); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); @@ -9164,7 +12890,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); @@ -9181,28 +12906,88 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); #endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(int, const void *, UnpackedRecord *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo*); + +typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); #endif - -#ifndef NDEBUG +/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on +** each VDBE opcode. +** +** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op +** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code +** generator. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); # define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); # define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# else +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +# endif #else # define VdbeComment(X) # define VdbeNoopComment(X) +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) #endif +/* +** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point +** for VDBE branch instructions. The coverage testing points are line +** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file. VDBE branch coverage testing +** only works with an amalagmation build. That's ok since a VDBE branch +** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only. No application +** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on. +** +** VdbeCoverage(v) // Mark the previously coded instruction +** // as a branch +** +** VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional) // Mark previous if conditional true +** +** VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) // Previous branch is always taken +** +** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) // Previous branch is never taken +** +** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above. +** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and +** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch() +** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int); +# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2); +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1); +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x) +#else +# define VdbeCoverage(v) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0 #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(Vdbe*, int, int, int, LogEst, const char*); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(a,b,c,d,e) +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_H */ + /************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ @@ -9223,8 +13008,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); ** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. */ -#ifndef _PAGER_H_ -#define _PAGER_H_ +#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H +#define SQLITE_PAGER_H /* ** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative @@ -9277,7 +13062,11 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; #define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 /* -** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +** +** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY) +** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and +** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break. */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ @@ -9288,22 +13077,28 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ /* -** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire(). +** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet(). */ #define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ #define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ /* ** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** PAGER_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_FullFSync +** PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync +** PAGER_CACHE_SPILL == SQLITE_CacheSpill */ #define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ #define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ #define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x03 /* Mask for three values above */ -#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x04 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x10 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ -#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x1c /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA 0x04 /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x07 /* Mask for four values above */ +#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x10 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x20 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ +#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x38 /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ /* ** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions @@ -9321,14 +13116,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( int, void(*)(DbPage*) ); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); /* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*); +#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); @@ -9338,13 +13137,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*); /* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); /* Operations on page references. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); @@ -9359,7 +13159,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); @@ -9367,11 +13167,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager); +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager); +# endif +#else +# define sqlite3PagerUseWal(x) 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS @@ -9380,22 +13188,27 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); /* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +#endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); /* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16); + #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); #endif @@ -9415,7 +13228,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); # define enable_simulated_io_errors() #endif -#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */ /************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ @@ -9449,7 +13262,7 @@ struct PgHdr { sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ void *pData; /* Page data */ void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ - PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ + PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty sorted by pgno */ Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES @@ -9469,14 +13282,15 @@ struct PgHdr { }; /* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ -#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before - ** writing this page to the database */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ -#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ -#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ +#define PGHDR_CLEAN 0x001 /* Page not on the PCache.pDirty list */ +#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page is on the PCache.pDirty list */ +#define PGHDR_WRITEABLE 0x004 /* Journaled and ready to modify */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x008 /* Fsync the rollback journal before + ** writing this page to the database */ +#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x010 /* Do not write content to disk */ +#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x020 /* This is an mmap page object */ -#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x040 /* This is an mmap page object */ +#define PGHDR_WAL_APPEND 0x040 /* Appended to wal file */ /* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); @@ -9491,7 +13305,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); ** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. ** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen( int szPage, /* Size of every page */ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ @@ -9501,7 +13315,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( ); /* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); /* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate ** storage space. @@ -9511,13 +13325,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); /* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. ** Reference counted. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(PCache*); /* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); @@ -9556,6 +13373,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); #endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* Check invariants on a PgHdr object */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageSanity(PgHdr*); +#endif + /* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. ** ** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit @@ -9567,6 +13389,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); #endif +/* Set or get the suggested spill-size for the specified pager-cache. +** +** The spill-size is the minimum number of pages in cache before the cache +** will attempt to spill dirty pages by calling xStress. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *, int); + /* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); @@ -9581,11 +13410,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); +/* Return the header size */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void); + +/* Number of dirty pages as a percentage of the configured cache size */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache*); + #endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ /************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - /************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ /************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ /* @@ -9611,83 +13446,71 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); #define _SQLITE_OS_H_ /* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other -** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, -** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER -** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other -** three will be 0. +** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the +** necessary pre-processor macros for it. +*/ +/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/ +/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system +** detection and/or setup. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H +#define SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H + +/* +** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating +** system. +** +** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, +** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0. One of +** the three will be 1. The other two will be 0. */ #if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 -# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# else -# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER -# endif +# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# else +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ + defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 +# endif +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # endif -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# endif #else -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# endif +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# endif #endif -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN -# include -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H */ -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. -** -** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for win98 or winNT -** using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: -** -** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) -** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 -** #else -** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 -** #endif -** -** However, vs2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as it ought to, -** so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that everything is -** winNT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise by setting -** SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much -** reduced API. -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of -** the full Win32 API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 -#endif +/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/ /* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it ** a no-op @@ -9783,7 +13606,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); ** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. ** ** The same locking strategy and -** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having +** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having ** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file ** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever ** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between @@ -9823,7 +13646,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); /* ** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); @@ -9860,6 +13683,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); /* @@ -9867,7 +13691,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); ** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); #endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ @@ -9902,7 +13726,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); ** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The -** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden +** mutexes implementation cannot be overridden ** at start-time. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No @@ -9949,6 +13773,36 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); /************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/* The SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE compile-time option used to set the default +** synchronous setting to EXTRA. It is no longer supported. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE +# warning Use SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=3 instead of SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 3 +#endif + +/* +** Default synchronous levels. +** +** Note that (for historcal reasons) the PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_* macros differ +** from the SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS value by 1. +** +** PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +** OFF 1 0 +** NORMAL 2 1 +** FULL 3 2 +** EXTRA 4 3 +** +** The "PRAGMA synchronous" statement also uses the zero-based numbers. +** In other words, the zero-based numbers are used for all external interfaces +** and the one-based values are used internally. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS (PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL-1) +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +#endif /* ** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance @@ -9958,9 +13812,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); ** databases may be attached. */ struct Db { - char *zName; /* Name of this database */ + char *zDbSName; /* Name of this database. (schema name, not filename) */ Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ + u8 bSyncSet; /* True if "PRAGMA synchronous=N" has been run */ Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ }; @@ -9971,7 +13826,7 @@ struct Db { ** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. ** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple ** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. -** +** ** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that ** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by ** sqlite3_close(). @@ -9991,18 +13846,18 @@ struct Schema { Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ - u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ + u16 schemaFlags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ }; /* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Db.pSchema->flags field. */ -#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) -#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) -#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) +#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P)) +#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0) +#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P) +#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P) /* ** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. @@ -10022,7 +13877,7 @@ struct Schema { ** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited ** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. */ -#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1) +#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1) /* ** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used @@ -10045,8 +13900,8 @@ struct Schema { ** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. */ struct Lookaside { + u32 bDisable; /* Only operate the lookaside when zero */ u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ - u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ @@ -10060,15 +13915,65 @@ struct LookasideSlot { }; /* -** A hash table for function definitions. +** A hash table for built-in function definitions. (Application-defined +** functions use a regular table table from hash.h.) ** ** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. -** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. +** Collisions are on the FuncDef.u.pHash chain. */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ 23 struct FuncDefHash { - FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ + FuncDef *a[SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ]; /* Hash table for functions */ }; +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION +/* +** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used +** to manage user authentication. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth; +struct sqlite3_userauth { + u8 authLevel; /* Current authentication level */ + int nAuthPW; /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */ + char *zAuthPW; /* Password used to authenticate */ + char *zAuthUser; /* User name used to authenticate */ +}; + +/* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */ +#define UAUTH_Unknown 0 /* Authentication not yet checked */ +#define UAUTH_Fail 1 /* User authentication failed */ +#define UAUTH_User 2 /* Authenticated as a normal user */ +#define UAUTH_Admin 3 /* Authenticated as an administrator */ + +/* Functions used only by user authorization logic */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + +#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */ + +/* +** typedef for the authorization callback function. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, + const char*, const char*); +#else + typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, + const char*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* This is an extra SQLITE_TRACE macro that indicates "legacy" tracing +** in the style of sqlite3_trace() +*/ +#define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY 0x80 +#else +#define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ + + /* ** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. */ @@ -10085,42 +13990,56 @@ struct sqlite3 { unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ + int iSysErrno; /* Errno value from last system error */ u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding */ u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ + u8 bBenignMalloc; /* Do not require OOMs if true */ u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ + u8 mTrace; /* zero or more SQLITE_TRACE flags */ int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ + int nMaxSorterMmap; /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */ struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ + u8 imposterTable; /* Building an imposter table */ } init; int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ + int nVDestroy; /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */ int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ - void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ + int (*xTrace)(u32,void*,void*,void*); /* Trace function */ void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ - void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ + void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ + void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ void *pUpdateArg; void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + void *pPreUpdateArg; /* First argument to xPreUpdateCallback */ + void (*xPreUpdateCallback)( /* Registered using sqlite3_preupdate_hook() */ + void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64 + ); + PreUpdate *pPreUpdate; /* Context for active pre-update callback */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); void *pWalArg; @@ -10129,16 +14048,13 @@ struct sqlite3 { void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); void *pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ - char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ union { volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ } u1; Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - /* Access authorization function */ + sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Access authorization function */ void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK @@ -10153,7 +14069,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ #endif - FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ + Hash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ @@ -10164,10 +14080,9 @@ struct sqlite3 { i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ - #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER - ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. + /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER + ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. ** ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to ** unlock so that it can proceed. @@ -10182,22 +14097,31 @@ struct sqlite3 { void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + sqlite3_userauth auth; /* User authentication information */ +#endif }; /* ** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. */ -#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) +#define SCHEMA_ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) +#define ENC(db) ((db)->enc) /* ** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** SQLITE_FullFSync == PAGER_FULLFSYNC +** SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC +** SQLITE_CacheSpill == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL */ #define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ #define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000002 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ -#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000004 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ -#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ -#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000010 /* OK to spill pager cache */ -#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000004 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ +#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000010 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000020 /* OK to spill pager cache */ #define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ #define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ @@ -10218,9 +14142,15 @@ struct sqlite3 { #define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00100000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ #define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x00200000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ #define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */ -#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00800000 /* True to enable triggers */ -#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x01000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ -#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x02000000 /* Disable database changes */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtFunc 0x00800000 /* Enable load_extension() SQL func */ +#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x01000000 /* True to enable triggers */ +#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x02000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ +#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x04000000 /* Disable database changes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP 0x08000000 /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +#define SQLITE_Vacuum 0x10000000 /* Currently in a VACUUM */ +#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk 0x20000000 /* Check btree cell sizes on load */ +#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer 0x40000000 /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */ +#define SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose 0x80000000 /* No checkpoint on close()/DETACH */ /* @@ -10232,26 +14162,28 @@ struct sqlite3 { #define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x0002 /* Column cache */ #define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ #define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */ -#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt 0x0010 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */ +/* not used 0x0010 // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */ #define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0020 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ #define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0040 /* Covering index scans */ #define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ #define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine 0x0100 /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */ #define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0200 /* Transitive constraints */ #define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0400 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ -#define SQLITE_Stat3 0x0800 /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */ +#define SQLITE_Stat34 0x0800 /* Use STAT3 or STAT4 data */ +#define SQLITE_CursorHints 0x2000 /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */ #define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */ /* ** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST #define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) #define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) -#else -#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) 0 -#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) 1 -#endif + +/* +** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization +** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. +*/ +#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor) /* ** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. @@ -10267,29 +14199,33 @@ struct sqlite3 { /* ** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc -** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table -** points to a linked list of these structures. +** structure. For global built-in functions (ex: substr(), max(), count()) +** a pointer to this structure is held in the sqlite3BuiltinFunctions object. +** For per-connection application-defined functions, a pointer to this +** structure is held in the db->aHash hash table. +** +** The u.pHash field is used by the global built-ins. The u.pDestructor +** field is used by per-connection app-def functions. */ struct FuncDef { - i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ - u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ - u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ + i8 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ + u16 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ - void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ - char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ - FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ - FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* func or agg-step */ + void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Agg finalizer */ + const char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ + union { + FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ + } u; }; /* ** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as ** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When ** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, -** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to +** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to ** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether ** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor ** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated @@ -10307,29 +14243,52 @@ struct FuncDestructor { /* ** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF -** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. There +** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. And +** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT must be the same as SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC. There ** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX == NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg +** SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH == OPFLAG_LENGTHARG +** SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF == OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG +** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT == SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC from the API +** SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK depends on SQLITE_UTF* macros in the API */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x10 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x20 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x40 /* Built-in length() function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x80 /* Built-in typeof() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x0010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX 0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG 0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a + ** single query - might change over time */ /* ** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are ** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. ** ** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName ** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The ** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available -** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If +** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If ** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. ** +** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. +** +** DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and +** adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag. Used for date & time functions +** and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during +** a single query. +** ** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) ** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by ** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters @@ -10337,27 +14296,37 @@ struct FuncDestructor { ** FUNCTION(). ** ** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C ** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made ** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The ** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags ** parameter. */ #define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, (bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } #define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, (bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} + {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } #define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, } #define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ + (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } #define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName, {0}} +#define AGGREGATE2(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, extraFlags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName, {0}} /* ** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at @@ -10391,6 +14360,7 @@ struct Module { const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ + Table *pEpoTab; /* Eponymous table for this module */ }; /* @@ -10398,20 +14368,20 @@ struct Module { ** of this structure. */ struct Column { - char *zName; /* Name of this column */ + char *zName; /* Name of this column, \000, then the type */ Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ - char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ - char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ - u16 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ + u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */ + u8 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ }; /* Allowed values for Column.colFlags: */ #define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ #define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ +#define COLFLAG_HASTYPE 0x0004 /* Type name follows column name */ /* ** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following @@ -10435,59 +14405,67 @@ struct CollSeq { */ #define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ #define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#define SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED -1 /* No sort order specified */ /* ** Column affinity types. ** ** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and ** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve -** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. +** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. ** -** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, +** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'. That way, ** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and ** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. ** ** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing -** for a numeric type is a single comparison. +** for a numeric type is a single comparison. And the BLOB type is first. */ -#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' -#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' -#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' +#define SQLITE_AFF_BLOB 'A' +#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'B' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'C' +#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'D' +#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'E' #define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) /* ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an -** affinity value. +** affinity value. */ -#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 +#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x47 /* ** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without ** changing the affinity. +** +** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL. +** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison +** operator is NULL. It is added to certain comparison operators to +** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL. */ -#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ -#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ +#define SQLITE_KEEPNULL 0x08 /* Used by vector == or <> */ +#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x10 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ +#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x20 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ #define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ +#define SQLITE_NOTNULL 0x90 /* Assert that operands are never NULL */ /* ** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in -** the database schema. +** the database schema. ** ** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this ** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared ** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique -** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table -** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between -** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database +** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table +** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between +** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database ** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database ** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method ** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may -** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables -** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers -** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database +** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables +** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers +** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database ** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. ** ** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared @@ -10499,19 +14477,19 @@ struct CollSeq { ** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. ** ** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the -** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not -** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed +** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not +** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed ** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to ** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the -** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected +** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected ** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done ** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. ** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an ** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect ** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. ** -** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by -** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as +** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by +** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as ** the first argument. */ struct VTable { @@ -10525,34 +14503,8 @@ struct VTable { }; /* -** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the -** following structure. -** -** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original -** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for -** comparisons. -** -** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a -** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. -** -** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of -** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note -** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to -** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of -** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid -** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if -** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. -** -** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the -** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend -** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that -** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set -** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted -** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum -** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root -** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a -** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause -** of a SELECT statement. +** The schema for each SQL table and view is represented in memory +** by an instance of the following structure. */ struct Table { char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ @@ -10561,14 +14513,17 @@ struct Table { Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ -#endif - tRowcnt nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ - int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ - i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ + /* ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */ + int tnum; /* Root BTree page for this table */ + u32 nTabRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */ i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ - u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + LogEst nRowLogEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ + LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + LogEst costMult; /* Cost multiplier for using this table */ +#endif u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE @@ -10576,7 +14531,7 @@ struct Table { #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ - char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ + char **azModuleArg; /* 0: module 1: schema 2: vtab name 3...: args */ VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ #endif Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ @@ -10585,13 +14540,22 @@ struct Table { }; /* -** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags. +** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags. +** +** TF_OOOHidden applies to tables or view that have hidden columns that are +** followed by non-hidden columns. Example: "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING +** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);". Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden, +** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case. Such tables require +** special handling during INSERT processing. */ #define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ #define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ #define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ #define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ #define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ +#define TF_WithoutRowid 0x20 /* No rowid. PRIMARY KEY is the key */ +#define TF_NoVisibleRowid 0x40 /* No user-visible "rowid" column */ +#define TF_OOOHidden 0x80 /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */ /* @@ -10601,12 +14565,32 @@ struct Table { */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) #else # define IsVirtual(X) 0 -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 #endif +/* +** Macros to determine if a column is hidden. IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn() +** only works for non-virtual tables (ordinary tables and views) and is +** always false unless SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS is defined. The +** IsHiddenColumn() macro is general purpose. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +#elif !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#else +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#endif + + +/* Does the table have a rowid */ +#define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) +#define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0) + /* ** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. ** @@ -10621,26 +14605,35 @@ struct Table { ** ); ** ** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** Equivalent names: +** +** from-table == child-table +** to-table == parent-table ** ** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure ** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when ** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. +** +** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. +** +** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) +** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. */ struct FKey { Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ - FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ + FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ - FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */ - FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */ + FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ + FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ - u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ - u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ - Trigger *apTrigger[2]; /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ - struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ - int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ - char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ - } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ + u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ + u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ + Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ + struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ + int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ + char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ + } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ }; /* @@ -10664,7 +14657,7 @@ struct FKey { ** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the ** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the ** foreign key. -** +** ** The following symbolic values are used to record which type ** of action to take. */ @@ -10680,12 +14673,12 @@ struct FKey { #define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ #define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ -#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ +#define OE_Default 10 /* Do whatever the default action is */ /* ** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first -** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the +** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the ** comparison of the two index keys. ** ** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There @@ -10693,17 +14686,18 @@ struct FKey { ** for the rowid at the end. */ struct KeyInfo { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ - u16 nField; /* Maximum index for aColl[] and aSortOrder[] */ + u16 nField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ + u16 nXField; /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ }; /* -** An instance of the following structure holds information about a -** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual -** values. +** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual +** fields, for the purposes of doing a comparison. ** ** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. ** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store @@ -10711,23 +14705,42 @@ struct KeyInfo { ** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the ** OP_Column opcode. ** -** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled -** into its constituent fields. +** An instance of this object serves as a "key" for doing a search on +** an index b+tree. The goal of the search is to find the entry that +** is closed to the key described by this object. This object might hold +** just a prefix of the key. The number of fields is given by +** pKeyInfo->nField. +** +** The r1 and r2 fields are the values to return if this key is less than +** or greater than a key in the btree, respectively. These are normally +** -1 and +1 respectively, but might be inverted to +1 and -1 if the b-tree +** is in DESC order. +** +** The key comparison functions actually return default_rc when they find +** an equals comparison. default_rc can be -1, 0, or +1. If there are +** multiple entries in the b-tree with the same key (when only looking +** at the first pKeyInfo->nFields,) then default_rc can be set to -1 to +** cause the search to find the last match, or +1 to cause the search to +** find the first match. +** +** The key comparison functions will set eqSeen to true if they ever +** get and equal results when comparing this structure to a b-tree record. +** When default_rc!=0, the search might end up on the record immediately +** before the first match or immediately after the last match. The +** eqSeen field will indicate whether or not an exact match exists in the +** b-tree. */ struct UnpackedRecord { KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ - u8 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */ - i64 rowid; /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */ Mem *aMem; /* Values */ + u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ + i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ + u8 errCode; /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */ + i8 r1; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ + i8 r2; /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */ + u8 eqSeen; /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */ }; -/* -** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags -*/ -#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x01 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x02 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x04 /* Ignore final (rowid) field */ /* ** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an @@ -10743,7 +14756,7 @@ struct UnpackedRecord { ** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are ** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing ** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. -** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the +** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the ** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. ** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in ** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. @@ -10751,50 +14764,81 @@ struct UnpackedRecord { ** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns ** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, ** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index -** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution +** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution ** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique ** element. +** +** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to +** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master +** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances +** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is +** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page +** number (it cannot - the database page is not allocated until the VDBE +** program is executed). See convertToWithoutRowidTable() for details. */ struct Index { char *zName; /* Name of this index */ - int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ - tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ + i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ + LogEst *aiRowLogEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ - char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ + const char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + ExprList *aColExpr; /* Column expressions */ int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ - u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns in table used by this index */ + LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ + u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - unsigned autoIndex:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ + unsigned idxType:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 + unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ + unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */ + unsigned noSkipScan:1; /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ - tRowcnt avgEq; /* Average nEq value for key values not in aSample */ + int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ + tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ + tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this index */ + tRowcnt nRowEst0; /* Non-logarithmic number of rows in the index */ #endif }; /* -** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory +** Allowed values for Index.idxType +*/ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF 0 /* Created using CREATE INDEX */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE 1 /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY 2 /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */ + +/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */ +#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X) ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) + +/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */ +#define IsUniqueIndex(X) ((X)->onError!=OE_None) + +/* The Index.aiColumn[] values are normally positive integer. But +** there are some negative values that have special meaning: +*/ +#define XN_ROWID (-1) /* Indexed column is the rowid */ +#define XN_EXPR (-2) /* Indexed column is an expression */ + +/* +** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory ** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the ** analyze.c source file for additional information. */ struct IndexSample { - union { - char *z; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */ - double r; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT */ - i64 i; /* Value if eType is SQLITE_INTEGER */ - } u; - u8 eType; /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */ - int nByte; /* Size in byte of text or blob. */ - tRowcnt nEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ - tRowcnt nLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ - tRowcnt nDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ + void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */ + int n; /* Size of record in bytes */ + tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ + tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ + tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ }; /* @@ -10831,6 +14875,7 @@ struct AggInfo { int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ + int mnReg, mxReg; /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ Table *pTab; /* Source table */ @@ -10879,9 +14924,9 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression ** tree. ** -** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, +** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, ** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If -** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the +** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the ** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), ** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. ** @@ -10892,7 +14937,7 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". ** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of ** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the -** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is +** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is ** valid. ** ** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. @@ -10903,8 +14948,8 @@ typedef int ynVar; ** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that ** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. ** -** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark -** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index +** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark +** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index ** number for that variable. ** ** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer @@ -10935,7 +14980,7 @@ typedef int ynVar; struct Expr { u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ - u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ + u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ union { char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ @@ -10943,14 +14988,14 @@ struct Expr { /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to - ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. *********************************************************************/ Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ union { - ExprList *pList; /* Function arguments or in " IN ( IN (